Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2024-02-06 PC Regular Meeting Agenda Packet PLANNING COMMISSION CITY OF PALM DESERT MEETING AGENDA Tuesday, February 6, 2024 6:00 p.m. Council Chamber, City Hall 73-510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, California Pursuant to Assembly Bill 2449, this meeting will be conducted as a hybrid meeting and there will be in-person access to this location. To participate via Zoom, use the following link: https://palmdesert.zoom.us/j/84739707419 or call (213) 338-8477, Zoom Meeting ID: 847 3970 7419 • Written public comment may also be submitted to PlanningCommission@palmdesert.gov. E- mails received by 3:00 p.m. prior to the meeting will be distributed to the Commission. Any correspondence received during or after the meeting will be distributed to the Commission as soon as practicable and retained for the official record. Emails will not be read aloud except as an ADA accommodation. • Pages 1.CALL TO ORDER 2.ROLL CALL 3.PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE 4.NONAGENDA PUBLIC COMMENTS This time has been set aside for the public to address the Planning Commission on issues that are not on the agenda for up to three minutes. Speakers may utilize one of the three options listed on the first page of the agenda. Because the Brown Act does not allow the Planning Commission to act on items not listed on the agenda, members may briefly respond or refer the matter to staff for a report and recommendation at a future meeting. 5.CONSENT CALENDAR All matters listed on the Consent Calendar are considered routine and may be approved by one motion. The public may comment on any items on the Consent Agenda within the three-minute time limit. Individual items may be removed by the Planning Commission for a separate discussion. RECOMMENDATION: To approve the consent calendar as presented. 5.a APPROVAL OF MINUTES 5 RECOMMENDATION: Approve the Minutes of January 4, 2024. 6.CONSENT ITEMS HELD OVER 7.ACTION CALENDAR The public may comment on individual Action Items within the three-minute time limit. Speakers may utilize one of the three options listed on the first page of the agenda. 8.PUBLIC HEARINGS Anyone who challenges any hearing matter in court may be limited to raising only those issues he or she raised at the public hearing described herein, or in written correspondence delivered to the Planning Commission at, or prior to, the public hearing. Remarks shall be limited to a maximum of three minutes unless the Planning Commission authorizes additional time. 8.a ADOPT A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT AND APPROVE A TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP TO SUBDIVIDE AN EXISTING PARCEL INTO TWO PARCELS AND A LETTERED LOT AT 49425 JFK TRAIL (ASSESSORS PARCEL NUMBERS 655300030 AND -031) 7 RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847 to: Adopt a Notice of Exemption for a Class 15 Categorical Exemption in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15315 Minor Land Divisions. 1. Approve Case No. TPM/EA23-0001 to approve Tentative Parcel Map (TPM) 38491 to subdivide an existing parcel and retention lot into two (2) 0.46-acre parcels and a 0.05-acre retention lot, subject to findings and conditions. 2. Planning Commission Meeting Page 2 of 260 8.b ADOPT A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT AND APPROVE A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND PRECISE PLAN FOR A 11,380 SQUARE FOOT FIRE STATION ON A 2.66 ACRE SITE AT 75665 GERALD FORD DR (ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NUMBER 694160015) 69 RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2851 to: Conduct the public hearing and receive public testimony.1. Adopt a Notice of Exemption for a Class 32 Categorical Exemption in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15332 as an Infill development. 2. Approve Conditional Use Permit (CUP) 23-0011 and Precise Plan (PP) 23-0011 for an 11,380-square-foot (SF) fire station building located at 75665 Gerald Ford Drive (Assessor’s Parcel Number 694-160-015). 3. 8.c RECOMMEND THAT THE CITY COUNCIL ADOPT A ZONING ORDINANCE AMENDMENT TO IMPLEMENT RESIDENTIAL AND MIXED- USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS, AND FIND THE PROJECT IS EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) 111 RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2852 to: Recommend the City Council approve a Zoning Ordinance Amendment amending Title 25 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code (PDMC) by adding Chapter 25.42 – Objective Design Standards and amending other sections of Title 25 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code, to enact the Residential and Mixed-Use Residential Objective Design Standards document. 1. Find the project is exempt from further California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21065, CEQA Guidelines Sections 15060(c)(2), 15378, and/or 15061(b)(3). 2. 9.INFORMATIONAL REPORTS & COMMENTS 9.a SUMMARY OF CITY COUNCIL ACTIONS 9.b COMMITTEE MEETING UPDATES 9.b.1 Cultural Arts Committee 9.b.2 Parks and Recreation Committee 9.c PLANNING COMMISSIONERS 9.d CITY STAFF 9.e ATTENDANCE REPORT 259 Planning Commission Meeting Page 3 of 260 10.ADJOURNMENT The next Regular Meeting will be held on February 20, 2024, at 6:00 p.m. 11.PUBLIC NOTICES Agenda Related Materials: Pursuant to Government Code §54957.5(b)(2) the designated office for inspection of records in connection with this meeting is the Office of the City Clerk, Palm Desert Civic Center, 73-510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert. Staff reports for all agenda items considered in open session, and documents provided to a majority of the legislative bodies are available for public inspection at City Hall and on the City’s website at www.palmdesert.gov. Americans with Disabilities Act: It is the intention of the City of Palm Desert to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) in all respects. If, as an attendee or a participant at this meeting, or in meetings on a regular basis, you will need special assistance beyond what is normally provided, the City will attempt to accommodate you in every reasonable manner. Please contact the Office of the City Clerk, (760) 346-0611, at least 48 hours prior to the meeting to inform us of your needs and to determine if accommodation is feasible. AFFIDAVIT OF POSTING I hereby certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing agenda for the Planning Commission was posted on the City Hall bulletin board and City website not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting. /S/ Monique Lomeli Senior Deputy Clerk Planning Commission Meeting Page 4 of 260 City of Palm Desert Page 1 ALL ACTIONS ARE DRAFT, PENDING APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES PLANNING COMMISSION SPECIAL MEETING CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA SPECIAL MEETING MINUTES January 4, 2024, 6:00 p.m. (HYBRID MEETING) This meeting was conducted as a hybrid meeting allowing public access via teleconference and in person at the meeting location. I. CALL TO ORDER A Special Meeting of the Planning Commission was called to order by Chair Pradetto on Thursday, January 4, 2024, at 6:00 p.m. II. ROLL CALL Present: Commissioners, Nancy DeLuna, John Greenwood, Vice Chair Ron Gregory, Lindsay Holt, and Chair Joseph Pradetto. Absent: None Staff Present: Carlos Campos, City Attorney; Richard D. Cannone, AICP, Director of Development Services; Nick Melloni, AICP, Principal Planner; Carlos Flores, AICP, Senior Planner; and Melinda Gonzalez, Recording Secretary. III. PUBLIC HEARINGS Associated documentation and video on the following items can be viewed on the Planning Commission Information webpage at, https://www.palmdesert.gov/connect/committees- and-commissions/planning-commission. A. CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION TO REVOKE, IN ITS ENTIRETY, CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT NO. 17-0027 WHICH ALLOWED A MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY, AND DISTRIBUTION CANNABIS BUSINESS ON THE PROPERTY LOCATED AT 75-080 SAINT CHARLES PL ACE. Principal Planner, Nick Melloni, narrated a PowerPoint presentation on the item and responded to Commission inquiries. Chair Pradetto opened the public hearing period. Derek Markstein, JW Brands Owner, spoke in opposition to the revocation request. Mr. Markstein stated to his knowledge they had been granted the appropriate certifications and approvals to conduct manufacturing services and to complete improvements to their business. He requested the Commission grant a continuance to allow time for staff to speak with the state to address the misunderstanding of the business diagram. Page 5 of 259 Planning Commission - Special Meeting Minutes January 4, 2024 City of Palm Desert Page 2 ALL ACTIONS ARE DRAFT, PENDING APPROVAL OF THE MINUTES Mr. Markstein stated the City did not provide adequate notice to him as the license carrier; he acknowledged that the business operators received timely notice but failed to communicate the inspections completed by the City and issues raised to him. With no other members of the public wishing to comment, Chair Pradetto closed the public comment period. Discussion on the item ensued with Commissioners providing comments for the revocation request. Following discussion, MOTION BY COMMISSIONER GREENWOOD, SECOND BY COMMISSIONER DELUNA, CARRIED 5-0; to approve the request as presented including: 1. Waive further reading and adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2849; 2. Adopting a Notice of Exemption and determining under CEQA that the project is not subject to further environmental review; and 3. Revoking Planning Commission Resolution No. 2737, which approved a Cannabis Manufacturing, Delivery, and Distribution Cannabis Business on the Property located at 75-080 Saint Charles Place. B. CONSIDERATION OF A RESOLUTION TO MODIFY CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT NO. 17-0030 WHICH ORIGINALLY ALLOWED A MANUFACTURING, AND DISTRIBUTION CANNABIS BUSINESS ON THE PROPERTY LOCATED AT 77- 700 ENFIELD LANE TO REMOVE MANUFACTURING AND ONLY ALLOW CANNABIS DISTRIBUTION Vice-Chair Gregory announced his recusal due to a conflict of interest as his son is the architect of record for this business. Principal Planner, Nick Melloni, narrated a PowerPoint presentation on the item and responded to Commission inquiries. Chair Pradetto opened the public comment period. Michael Duff, Attorney for P & S Ventures, spoke in favor of the request for modification to the Conditional Use Permit No. 17-0030. With no other members of the public wishing to comment, Chair Pradetto closed the public comment period. Discussion on the item ensued with Commissioners providing comments for the modification request. Following discussion, MOTION BY COMMISSIONER GREENWOOD, SECOND BY COMMISSIONER DELUNA, CARRIED 4-0 (GREGORY RECUSED); to approve the request as presented including: 1. Waive further reading and adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2850; 2. Adopting a Notice of Exemption and determining under CEQA that the project is not subject to further environmental review; and 3. Modifying CUP17-0030 to allow only Cannabis Distribution. IV. ADJOURNMENT The Planning Commission adjourned the meeting at 7:14 p.m. Page 6 of 259 Page 1 of 3 CITY OF PALM DESERT PLANNING COMMISSION STAFF REPORT MEETING DATE: February 6, 2024 PREPARED BY: Carlos Flores, AICP, Principal Planner REQUEST: ADOPT A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT AND APPROVE A TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP TO SUBDIVIDE AN EXISTING PARCEL INTO TWO PARCELS AND A LETTERED LOT AT 49425 JFK TRAIL (ASSESSORS PARCEL NUMBERS 655300030 AND -031) RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847 to: 1. Adopt a Notice of Exemption for a Class 15 Categorical Exemption in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15315 Minor Land Divisions. 2. Approve Case No. TPM/EA23-0001 to approve Tentative Parcel Map (TPM) 38491 to subdivide an existing parcel and retention lot into two (2) 0.46 -acre parcels and a 0.05-acre retention lot, subject to findings and conditions. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: This item previously appeared before the Planning Commission (Commission) on December 5, 2023, and was continued by the Commission to the meeting of February 6, 2024. Multiple comments were received prior to that meeting and are attached to this packet. The Commission directed the applicant to resolve concerns raised by the Ironwood Homeowner ’s Association presented during the meeting. The Applicant has provided a letter responding to the concerns raised by the surrounding residents. As of February 1, 2024, Staff has not received a letter of support from the Ironwood Homeowner’s Association. The project site is a 0.97-acre area of vacant land comprised of two parcels, Parcels 3 and Lot B of Parcel Map 36502 (PM 36502). The current zoning designation of the site is R -1 20,000. The site is located at the southerly end of JFK Trail, an existing gated single-family residential community, Ironwood Country Club, which is generally south of Portola Avenue. The existing site is currently vacant and contains an existing 3,000 square -foot single-family residence developed in 1956, and traverses over an existing property line. On February 25, 2021, the City of Palm Desert City Council (Council) approved PM 36502, which subdivided an existing 2.01-acre single-family residential parcel located off JFK Trail into five parcels as follows: • Parcel 1: 0.48-acres • Parcel 2: 0.53-acres • Parcel 3: 0.79-acres Page 7 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case No. TPM 38491 JFK Trail Page 2 of 3 • Lot A (for easement purposes): 0.02-acres (912 square feet (SF)) • Lot B (for common area drainage purposes for the tract): 0.19-acres (8,151 SF) PM 36502 was officially recorded on August 4, 2021. Custom homes have been proposed on Parcels 1 and 2, but no permits have been issued to date. Table 1 – Adjacent Land Use and Designations Existing Uses General Plan Zoning Project Site Single-family residential home Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood (GCRN R-1 20,000 North Vacant Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood (GCRN R-1 20,000 South Single-family residential home Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood (GCRN R-1 20,000 East Single-family residential home Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood (GCRN R-1 20,000 West Single-family residential home Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood (GCRN R-1 20,000 Project Description: Joanne Ross (Applicant) is proposing a new subdivision, TPM 38491, which would subdivide a 0.97-acre Project Site (Site) identified as Parcel 3 and Lot B from PM 36502 into two (2) 0.46 - acre single-family residential parcels and a 0.05-acre lettered lot for common stormwater retention as follows: • Parcel 1: 20,088 SF • Parcel 2: 20,063 SF • Lot A (underground retention): 0.05-acres (2,262 SF) The existing single-family residence is proposed to be demolished as part of any future work on the Site. Parcel 1 would take access off a new 12’ wide driveway on the north part of the Site that takes access off JFK Trail. Parcel 2 would take vehicular access at an existing vehicular driveway on the south part of the site, which also connects to JFK Trail. TPM 38491 identifies street improvements and water and sewer utilities, which are to be constructed as part of PM 36502. Lot A would be reserved for underground retention for the Site and the parcels to the north. The City’s Land Development staff and City Engineer reviewed the new proposed retention basin (Lot A) and found the size to be sufficient as proposed. Review of this included reviewing the reduction in size from the original retention basin and determining it to be sufficient and not having a negative impact on drainage for the property site. TPM 38491 was reviewed by City staff for compliance with the City’s General Plan, Palm Desert Municipal Code, and the Subdivision Map Act. The Site has a General Plan Land Use Designation of Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood and a Zoning Designation of Residential Single-Family (R-1, 20,000). The proposed sizes of Parcel 1 and Parcel 2 meet the 20,000 - square-foot minimum lot size requirements from the underlying zoning designation, as shown in Page 8 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case No. TPM 38491 JFK Trail Page 3 of 3 Table 2 below. No construction of any structure is currently proposed, and any future construction would be subject to the development standards of the R-1 zone. Table 2 – Project Development Standard Conformance Public Input: Public Notification A public hearing notice was published a minimum of ten (10) days before the December 5, 2023, hearing date in The Desert Sun newspaper. Notices were mailed to all property owners within 300 feet of the Site for the community meeting and for the December 5, 2023, Commission meeting. Multiple comments were received prior to that meeting and are attached to this packet. No additional comments have been received as of the date of this report. At the December 5, 2023, Commission meeting, the item was continued to a date certain (February 6, 2024) at which point City staff followed the requirements of Section 54955 from Chapter 9 of the California Government Code for continuance of meetings. Environment Assessment/Environmental Review: City staff has reviewed the project in accordance with CEQA and determined that the project is exempt from environmental review pursuant to Article 19, Section 15315 Minor Land Divisions (Class 15) of the State CEQA Guidelines. The project consists of the division of property in an urbanized area zoned for residential into three (3) parcels and is in conformance with the General Plan and zoning designation. The project does not require a variance or any exception, all services and access to the proposed parcels to local standards are available, the parcel was not involved in a division of a larger parcel within the previous two (2) years, and the parcel does not have any average slope greater than 20 percent. Findings of Approval: Findings can be made in support of the project under the City’s Municipal Code. Findings in support of this project are contained in Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847, attached to this staff report. ATTACHMENTS: 1. Draft Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847 2. Public Hearing Notice 3. Notice of Exemption 4. Tentative Parcel Map 38491 5. Preliminary Grading Plan 6. Public Comments 7. Applicant response to Public Comments Parcel Lot Size Ordinance Conformance Parcel 1 20,088 20,000 Yes Parcel 2 20,063 20,000 Yes Page 9 of 259 Page 10 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT AND TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP 38491 TO SUBDIVIDE AN EXISTING PARCEL INTO TWO PARCELS AND A LETTER LOT AT 49425 JFK TRAIL (APNS: 655-300-030 AND 655-300-031) CASE NO. TPM/EA23-0001 (TPM 38491) WHEREAS, Joanne Ross (“Applicant”), submitted applications for an Environmental Assessment (EA) and Tentative Parcel Map (TPM) to subdivide an existing parcel and retention lot into two (2) 0.46-acre parcels and a lettered lot for underground retention located at 49425 JFK Trail; and WHEREAS, the Project site has a land use designation of Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood in the General Plan adopted on November 10, 2016, and zoning designation of Residential Single-Family; and WHEREAS, under Section 21067 of the Public Resources Code, Section 15367 of the State California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 14, § 15000 et seq.) and the City of Palm Desert’s (“City’s”) Local CEQA Guidelines, the City is the lead agency for the Project; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the requirements of the CEQA, the State Guidelines for Implementation of CEQA (State CEQA Guidelines), and the City of Palm Desert CEQA Implementation Requirements, the City of Palm Desert Development Services Department has determined that the Project will not have a significant impact on the environment and that the Project is categorically exempt under Article 19, Section 15315 Minor Land Divisions (Class 15) of the CEQA Guidelines. The Project consists of the division of property in an urbanized area zoned for residential into three (3) parcels and is in conformance with the General Plan and zoning designation. The Project does not require a variance or any exception, all services and access to the proposed parcels to local standards are available, the parcel was not involved in a division of a larger parcel within the previous two (2) years, and the parcel does not have any average slope greater than 20 percent ; therefore, no further environmental review is necessary; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, did on the 5th day of December 2023, hold a duly noticed public hearing to consider the request by the Applicant for TPM 38491 and continued the project to the Planning Commission meeting of February 6, 2024; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, did on the 6th day of February 2024, hold a duly noticed public hearing in compliance with noticing requirements from Section 54955 from Chapter 9 of the California Government Code to consider the request by the Applicant for TPM 38491; and WHEREAS, at the said public hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, the Planning Commission Page 11 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 2 did find the following facts and reasons, which are outlined in the staff report exist to justify approval of said request; and WHEREAS, all other legal prerequisites to the adoption of this Resolution have occurred; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, as follows: SECTION 1. Recitals. The Planning Commission hereby finds that the foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein as substantive findings of this Resolution. SECTION 2. CEQA Determination. The application has complied with the requirements of the “City of Palm Desert Procedure for Implementation of CEQA” Resolution No. 2019-41, in that the Planning Commission finds that the Project is exempt from CEQA per Article 19, Section 15315 Minor Land Use Divisions (Class 15) of the State CEQA Guidelines. The Project consists of the division of property in an urbanized area zoned for residential into three (3) parcels and is in conformance with the General Plan and zoning designation. The Project does not require a variance or any exception, all services and access to the proposed parcels to local standards are available, the parcel was not involved in a division of a larger parcel within the previous two (2) years, and the parcel does not have any average slope greater than 20 percent. SECTION 3. Findings on Tentative Map. Under PDMC Section 26.20.100(C), the findings for the tentative map are the following: 1. That the density of the proposed subdivision is consistent with applicable general and specific plans. The map has been found to be consistent with the density, lot development standards, and land uses of the General Plan Land Use Designation for Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood. The TPM creates two (2) parcels and a lettered lot for retention purposes. The number of lots is consistent with the allowable density for the land use designation and complies with the minimum requirements for lot sizes and dimensions established by the land use and zoning designation. No Specific Plan is applicable to this Project. 2. That the design or improvement of the proposed subdivision is consistent with applicable general and specific plans. The design and improvement of the subdivision is consistent with the applicable general plan requirements for lot standards, the circulation, and distribution of land uses. The subdivision creates two (2) parcels greater than 20,000 square feet in size, with street and utility improvements, to allow for the development of residential-related uses. The design and improvement of the subdivision meets the standards of the general plan for subdivisions, including providing vehicular access Page 12 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 3 to the new parcels, being designed for proper drainage, constructing utility infrastructure, and being of reasonable size for future development. 3. That the site is physically suitable for the type of development. The site is physically suitable for development. The site, as conditioned and improved, will establish two 0.46-acre parcels for future development and is suitable for such development, including construction of access to JFK Trail, drainage improvements, and utility connections. The site is suitable for those land uses as described in the Golf Course and Resort Neighborhood General Plan land use designation and in the Residential Single-Family zoning designation. 4. That the site is physically suitable for the proposed density of development. The site is physically suitable for the density of development. The allowable density for the site has been evaluated by the General Plan. The Applicant has prepared the appropriate information to assess that the site is physically suitable to develop. 5. That the design of the subdivision or the improvements are not likely to cause substantial environmental damage or substantially and unavoidably injure fish or wildlife or their habitat. City staff has reviewed the Project and determined that the design of the subdivision or the improvements are not likely to cause substantial environmental damage or substantially and unavoidably injure fish or wildlife or their habitat. City staff has reviewed the Project in accordance with CEQA and determined that the Project is exempt from environmental review pursuant to Article 19, Section 15315 Minor Land Divisions (Class 15) of the State CEQA Guidelines. The Project consists of the division of property in an urbanized area zoned for residential into three (3) parcels and is in conformance with the General Plan and zoning designation. The Project does not require a variance or any exception, all services and access to the proposed parcels to local standards are available, the parcel was not involved in a division of a larger parcel within the previous two (2) years, and the parcel does not have any average slope greater than 20 percent. 6. That the design of the subdivision or the type of improvements is not likely to cause serious public health problems. The design of the subdivision is not likely to cause serious health problems. The Project is not located within a hazardous area that would be subject to flooding, liquefaction, landslides, fault zones, or other natural hazards. The Project does not generate adverse effects that would cause public health problems. Future construction would require to be in compliance with all grading requirements and the properties will be developed in accordance with the Palm Desert Municipal Code (PDMC) and California Building Code. SECTION 4. Project Approval. The Planning Commission hereby approves Tentative Parcel Map 38491, subject to the Conditions of Approval attached hereto as Exhibit “A .” Page 13 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 4 SECTION 5. Custodian of Records. The documents and materials that constitute the record of proceedings on which these findings are based are located at the City’s office at 73510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260. Richard D. Cannone, AICP, the Secretary to the Palm Desert Planning Commission, is the custodian of the record of pr oceedings. SECTION 6. Execution of Resolution. The Chairperson of the Planning Commission signs this Resolution, and the Secretary to the Commission shall attest and certify to the passage and adoption thereof. SECTION 7. Recitals. The Planning Commission hereby finds that the foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein as substantive findings of this Resolution. ADOPTED ON February 6, 2024 JOSEPH PRADETTO CHAIRPERSON ATTEST: RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP SECRETARY I, Richard D. Cannone, AICP, Secretary of the City of Palm Desert, hereby certify that Resolution No. 2847 is a full, true, and correct copy, and was duly adopted at a regular meeting of the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert on February 6, 2024, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: RECUSED: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the City of Palm Desert, California, on February 6, 2024. RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP SECRETARY Page 14 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 5 EXHIBIT A CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL CASE NO. TPM/EA23-0001 (TPM 38491) PLANNING DIVISION: 1. The development of the property shall conform substantially with exhibits on file with the Development Services Department, as modified by the following conditions. 2. The Applicant agrees that in the event of any administrative, legal, or equitable action instituted by a third party challenging the validity of any of the procedures leading to the adoption of these Project approvals for the Project, or the Project approvals themselves, the Developer and City each shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to elect whether or not to defend such action. Developer, at its sole expense, shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City (including its agents, officers, and employees) from any such action, claim, or proceeding with counsel chosen by the City, subject to the Developer’s approval of counsel, which shall not be unreasonably denied, and at the Developer’s sole expense. If the City is aware of such an action or proceeding, it shall promptly notify the Developer and cooperate in the defense. The Developer, upon such notification, shall deposit with City sufficient funds in the judgment of the City Finance Director to cover the expense of defending such action without any offset or claim against said deposit to assure that the City expends no City funds. If both Parties elect to defend, the Parties hereby agree to affirmatively cooperate in defending said action and to execute a joint defense and confidentiality agreement in order to share and protect the information under the joint defense privilege recognized under applicable law. As part of the cooperation in defending an action, City and Developer shall coordinate their defense in order to make the most efficient use of legal counsel and to share and protect information. Developer and City shall each have sole discretion to terminate its defense at any time. The City shall not settle any third-party litigation of Project approvals without the Developer’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed unless the Developer materially breaches this indemnification requirement. 3. The development of the property described herein shall be subject to the restrictions and limitations set forth herein, which are in addition to the approved development standards listed in the PDMC, and state and federal statutes now in force, or which hereafter may be in force. 4. The TPM shall expire if recordation of the said Project is not completed within two (2) years from the effective date of the original approval (February 21, 2024) unless an extension of time is granted by the Palm Desert Planning Commission; otherwise, said approval shall become null, void, and of no effect whatsoever. The expiration date of this map is February 21, 2024. 5. The approved TPM shall only be modified with written City approval in accordance with the requirements of the Specific Plan and Chapter 26.20 of the PDMC. 6. All construction documentation shall be coordinated for consistency, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, landscape and Page 15 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 6 irrigation, grading, and street improvement plans. All such plans shall be consistent with the approved entitlement plans on file with the Development Services Department. 7. The Applicant shall execute a written acknowledgment to the Planning Division stating acceptance of and compliance with all the Conditions of Approval of Resolution No. 2847 for TPM 38491 and that the plans submitted are in compliance with the Conditions of Approval. No modifications shall be made to said plans without written approval from the appropriate decision-making body. 8. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for construction of any use or structure contemplated by this approval, the Applicant shall first obtain permits and or clearance from the following agencies: Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD) Fire Department Building and Safety Division Public Works Department Evidence of said permit or clearance from the above agencies shall be presented to the Building & Safety Division at the time of issuance of a building permit for the use contemplated herewith. 9. The pad elevations of all lots shall be consistent with the approved preliminary grading plan included in the Project file. Any revisions to pad elevations shall conform with Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 27.12.045. 10. Prior to recordation of the final map, the applicant shall apply for all necessary approvals from the City of Palm Desert’s Development Service Department, including, but not limited to a Certificate of Appropriateness and Demolition permit to demolish the existing home on the project site. The demolition of said building shall be concluded prior to recordation of the final map. LAND DEVELOPMENT DIVISION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT: 11. Tentative Parcel Map No. 38491 is a subdivision of Parcel 3 and Lot B of Parcel Map No. 36502, as shown by the map on file in Book 251, Pages 96 through 98 of Parcel Maps in the Office of the County Recorder of Riverside County, California, recorded August 4, 2021. 12. No buildings are approved as part of this application. Subsequent applications shall be submitted for review and approval for the development of the site. Pad elevations shall conform with Tentative Parcel Map No. 38491. 13. The following plans, studies, and exhibits are hereby referenced: TPM 38491 prepared by Feiro Engineering, Inc., and dated June 2022, TPM38491 Preliminary Grading Plan prepared by Feiro Engineering, Inc. and not dated and TPM 38491 Hydrology Report prepared by Feiro Engineering, Inc., and dated September 25, 2023. Page 16 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 7 14. No Final Tract Map shall be recorded until all other related Planning cases are approved unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. 15. The final parcel map shall comply with the State of California and with the City of Palm Desert Municipal Code Title 26 unless otherwise modified by the conditions listed herein. 16. After approval of the tentative map and prior to the expiration of said map, the Applicant shall cause the real property included within the tentative map exhibit, or any part thereof, to be surveyed; and a Final Tract Map thereof shall be submitted for review and approval of the City Engineer. 17. It is assumed that the easements shown on the tentative parcel map exhibit are shown correctly and include all the easements that encumber the subject property. A current preliminary title report for the site shall be submitted during the technical plan review. The Applicant shall secure approval from all easement holders for all grading and improvements, which are proposed over the respective easement or provide evidence that the easement has been relocated, quitclaimed, vacated, abandoned, easement holder cannot be found, or is otherwise of no effect. Should such approval or alternate actions regarding the easements not be provided and approved by the City, the Applicant may be required to amend or revise the proposed site configuration as may be necessary. 18. Easements for necessary streets, public utilities, and emergency access shall be dedicated and shown on the final map in accordance with Title 26 of the Municipal Code and these conditions of approval. It is understood that the tentative map exhibit correctly shows acceptable centerline elevations, all existing easements, traveled ways, and drainage courses and that the omission or unacceptability may require that the Applicant amend or revise the tentative map as may be necessary to allow a finding on the final map of substantial conformance. Prior to Map Issuance 19. After recordation, a digital (PDF) copy of the recorded map shall be submitted to the City. 20. A copy of the Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (CC&Rs) shall be submitted for review and approved by the City Engineer. The CC&Rs shall include, but not be limited to, access easements, reciprocal access, maintenance of underground retention system and/or other related drainage devices, private and/or public utility easements as may be relevant to the Project. A copy of the existing CC&Rs shall be provided for reference. 21. Prior to map approval, improvements along JFK Trail (Private Street) shall be constructed, or adequately bonded for, consistent with the approved street improvement plan, prepared for Parcel Map No. 36502 and approved by the City of Palm Desert on February 9, 2023, and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer. Improvements include, but are not limited to pavement rehabilitation, curb and gutter, driveway approaches, utility connections for each lot, retention facilities, and catch basins. Page 17 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 8 22. Drainage easements shall be shown on the map and rough grading plan and noted as follows: “Drainage Easement – no structures, obstructions, or encroachments are allowed.” 23. Lot A, as shown on the tentative map exhibit, shall be for stormwater retention purposes for Parcel 1 and Parcel 2 as identified on the map. Appropriate language shall be included in the CC&Rs to identify the mechanism that will be used for the perpetual maintenance of the underground retention system. 24. A rough grading plan for Parcel Map No. 36502, prepared by Feiro Engineering, Inc., was previously approved on February 14, 2023. A revision to the rough grading plan shall be submitted for review and approval and shall be consistent with the conceptual grading plan for Tentative Parcel Map No. 38491. A cost estimate shall be submitted for review and approval for the purpose of bonding. A. The grading plan shall provide for the acceptance and proper disposal of all offsite drainage flowing onto and/or through the site. B. All drainage and storm drain improvements shall be designed and constructed per Title 24 of the Municipal Code and Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD) standards. C. Parcel 1 of TPM38491 and Parcel 2 of PM36502 shall have a shared driveway. Reciprocal access shall be designed in conformance with the Fire Department’s requirements and shall be shown on the map. D. Parcel 1 of TPM38491 and Parcel 2 of PM36502 shall be graded to direct stormwater runoff to the proposed shared access easement. E. The grading plan shall provide for the protection of downstream properties from damage caused by alteration of the drainage patterns, i.e., concentration or diversion of flow. Protection shall be provided by constructing adequate drainage facilities including enlarging existing facilities and/or by securing a drainage easement(s), if necessary, as approved by the City Engineer. F. Temporary erosion control measures shall be implemented immediately following grading to prevent the transport and deposition of earthen materials onto downstream/downwind properties, public rights-of-way, or other drainage facilities. Erosion Control Plans showing these measures shall be submitted along with the grading plan for approval by the City Engineer. G. Applicant shall provide written proof and authorization from easement holders (if any) for access and drainage work proposed over easements. 25. Any driveway approaches constructed along the Project frontage shall be constructed per City Standards or as approved by the City Engineer. 26. Prior to approval of the rough grading plan, the Applicant shall provide water and sewer plans reviewed by CVWD to the City. 27. A final hydrology study for Parcel Map No. 36502, prepared by Feiro Engineering, Inc., and dated May 24, 2022, was previously approved. A revised final hydrology study shall be submitted for review and approval. The study shall address the following: Page 18 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 9 A. The report references a 96” CMP system and it was not included in the report. Shall be included. B. Figure 1 and 2 summarizes flow rates for four and two drainage areas, respectively. Include hydrology maps as part of the report. C. Section IV indicates that the site will be designed to retain the 100-year, 24-hour storm event. However, proposed grading indicates that runoff will first discha rge into JFK Trail prior to being directed to the underground chamber. Show on plans and revise report to show that proposed project I s in conformance with City’s Municipal Code Section 27.12.056 and will retain on site. D. Based on the analysis of the entire post-development area included in the report, the retention system will be sized to accept runoff from JFK Trail. Section V states that the system will accept half of the flows from the west half of JFK Trail. Clarify if JFK Trail grades will be modified to convey all runoff on JFK Trail, as shown in the hydrology map, and will be conveyed to the system. E. Include discussion in Section V to explain how the volume for the 3-hour storm event is greater than the volume for the 24-hour storm event. F. Remove proposed topography from the hydrology map for existing conditions. G. Hydrology maps indicate that the low point is along the existing home. Revise conceptual grading plan to show existing percent slopes on JFK Trail and how JFK Trail will be graded to direct street runoff into catch basin. 28. Prior to the approval of the final hydrology study and rough grading plan, the Applicant shall obtain the Ironwood Country Club’s approval of proposed improvements and stormwater conveyance/discharge. Failure to provide written approval may require the Applicant to amend or revise referenced exhibits and study as may be necessary to allow for the appropriate stormwater management and discharge per Section 24.20 and Section 26.49.060 of the PDMC. 29. A fugitive dust (PM 10) control plan shall be submitted for review and approval prior to the approval of the revised rough grading plan. The Applicant shall comply with the Section 24.12 of the PDMC. 30. The developer shall monitor, supervise, and control all construction-related activities, so as to prevent these activities from causing a public nuisance, including but not limited to, ensuring strict adherence to the following: A. Removal of dirt, debris, or other construction material deposited on any public street no later than the end of each working day. B. Observance of working hours as stipulated on permits issued by the Land Development Division. C. The construction site shall accommodate the parking of all motor vehicles used by people working at or providing deliveries to the site. D. All dust control measures per South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) requirements during the grading operations. Violation of any condition, restriction, or prohibition set forth in these conditions shall subject the owner, applicant, developer, or contractor(s) to remedy as noted in Section 24.12.070 of the Municipal Code. In addition, the City Engineer may suspend all construction-related activities for violation of any condition, restriction, or prohibition set Page 19 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 10 forth in these conditions until such time as it has been determined that all operations and activities are in conformance with these conditions. 31. The Applicant shall enter into an agreement with the City of Palm Desert and post securities in the form of a cash deposit, bond, or letter of credit as a guarantee of the completion of the grading operations and improvements for the Project and implementation and maintenance of erosion control measures. Prior to Grading Permit Issuance 32. Prior to the issuance of a grading permit, the revised rough grading plan shall be approved and shall be consistent with the conceptual grading plan for Tentative Parcel Map No. 38491. 33. Prior to approval of the rough grading plan, the Applicant shall provide water and sewer plans reviewed by CVWD to the City. 34. A fugitive dust (PM 10) control plan shall be submitted for review and approval prior to the approval of the revised rough grading plan. The Applicant shall comply with the Section 24.12 of the PDMC. Prior to Release of Securities 35. Upon completion of grading work, the Project’s Geotechnical Engineer shall certify the completion of grading in conformance with the approved grading plans and recommendations of the geotechnical report approved for this Project. A licensed surveyor shall certify the completion of grading in conformance with the pad elevations and grades shown on the approved grading plans. 36. The Applicant shall obtain acceptance of applicable improvements by CVWD. Witten proof shall be provided to the Land Developm ent Division. 37. The Applicant shall obtain acceptance of applicable improvements by the owner of JFK Trail on the common access roadways. W ritten proof shall be provided to the Land Development Division. FIRE DEPARTMENT: 38. Fire Department vehicle access driveway design shall be in accordance with the California Fire Code and Riverside County Fire Department Standards. Plans must be submitted to the Fire Department for review and approval prior to building permit issuance. 39. Water systems for fire protection shall be in accordance with the California Fire Code and Riverside County Fire Department Standards. Plans must be submitted to the Fire Department for review and approval prior to building permit issuance. Page 20 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2847 11 40. Final Fire and life safety conditions will be addressed when the Office of the Fire Marshal reviews building plans. END OF CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL Page 21 of 259 Page 22 of 259 CITY OF PALM DESERT 73-510 FRED WARING DRIVE PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA 92260-2578 TEL: 760-346-0611 PLANNING@PALMDESERT.GOV CITY OF PALM DESERT PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE CASE NO. TPM/EA23-0001 (TPM 38491) NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT A PUBLIC HEARING WILL BE HELD BEFORE THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, TO CONSIDER THE ADOPTION OF A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION AND A REQUEST BY JOANNE ROSS FOR A TENTATIVE PARCEL MAP TO SUBDIVIDE AN EXISTING PARCEL INTO TWO PARCELS AND A LETTERED LOT AT 49425 JFK TRAIL The City of Palm Desert (City), in its capacity as the Lead Agency for this project and pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), finds that the proposed project is categorically exempt under Section 15315 Minor Land Divisions (Class 15) of the CEQA Guidelines; therefore, no further environmental review is necessary, and a notice of Exemption can be adopted as part of this project. PROJECT LOCATION/DESCRIPTION: PROJECT LOCATION: 49425 JFK Trail, within Parcel Map No. 36502 (APNs 655-300-030 and -031). PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The applicant proposes a Tentative Parcel Map (TPM) to subdivide an existing parcel and retention lot into two (2) 0.46-acre parcels and a lettered lot for underground retention. The existing parcel and retention lot exist under Parcel Map 36502. PUBLIC HEARING: NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, will hold a Public Hearing at its meeting on December 5, 2023. The Planning Commission meeting begins at 6:00 p.m. in the Council Chamber at 73510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, California. Pursuant to Assembly Bill 2449, this meeting may be conducted as a hybrid meeting allowing public access via teleconference or in person. Options for remote participation will be listed on the Posted Agenda for the meeting at: https://www.palmdesert.gov/our-city/committees-and-commissions/commission-information. PUBLIC REVIEW: The plans and related documents are available for public review Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. by contacting the project planner, Carlos Flores. Please submit written comments to the Planning Division. If any group challenges the action in court, issues raised may be limited to only those issues raised at the public hearing described in this notice or in written correspondence at or prior to the Planning Commission hearing. All comments and any questions should be directed to: Carlos Flores, Senior Planner City of Palm Desert 73-510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA 92260 (760) 346-0611, Extension 478 cflores@palmdesert.gov RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP, SECRETARY PALM DESERT PLANNING COMMISSION Page 23 of 259 Page 24 of 259 Notice of Exemption FORM “B” NOTICE OF EXEMPTION TO: Office of Planning and Research P. O. Box 3044, Room 113 Sacramento, CA 95812-3044 FROM: City of Palm Desert 73-510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA 92260 Clerk of the Board of Supervisors or County Clerk County of: Riverside 2724 Gateway Dr, Riverside, CA 92507 1. Project Title: TPM23-0001 (TPM 38491) 2. Project Applicant: City of Palm Desert 3. Project Location – Identify street address and cross streets or attach a map showing project site (preferably a USGS 15’ or 7 1/2’ topographical map identified by quadrangle name): Citywide (City of Palm Desert 4. (a) Project Location – City: Palm Desert (b) Project Location – County: Riverside 5. Description of nature, purpose, and beneficiaries of Project: Tentative Parcel Map to subdivide an existing 0.9723- acre parcel into two 0.46-acre parcels and a retention lot 6. Name of Public Agency approving project: City of Palm Desert 7. Name of Person or Agency undertaking the project, including any person undertaking an activity that receives financial assistance from the Public Agency as part of the activity or the person receiving a lease, permit, license, certificate, or other entitlement of use from the Public Agency as part of the activity: City of Palm Desert 8. Exempt status: (check one) (a) Ministerial project. (Pub. Res. Code § 21080(b)(1); State CEQA Guidelines § 15268) (b) Not a project. (c) Emergency Project. (Pub. Res. Code § 21080(b)(4); State CEQA Guidelines § 15269(b),(c)) (d) Categorical Exemption. State type and section number: State CEQA Guidelines §15315 – “Class 15 – Minor Land Divisions” (e) Declared Emergency. (Pub. Res. Code § 21080(b)(3); State CEQA Guidelines § 15269(a)) (f) Statutory Exemption. State Code section number: (g) Other. Explanation: General Rule – Section 15061(b)(3) 9. Reason why project was exempt: The project consists of the division of property in an urbanized area zoned for residential into three (3) parcels and is in conformance with the General Plan and Page 25 of 259 Notice of Exemption FORM “B” zoning designation. The project does not require a variance or any exception, all services and access to the proposed parcels to local standards are available, the parcel was not involved in a division of a larger parcel within the previous two (2) years, and the parcel does not have any average slope greater than 20 percent. 10. Lead Agency Contact Person: Carlos Flores, Senior Planner Telephone: (760) 346-0611 11. If filed by applicant: Attach Preliminary Exemption Assessment (Form “A”) before filing. 12. Has a Notice of Exemption been filed by the public agency approving the project?  Yes  No 13. Was a public hearing held by the lead agency to consider the exemption?  Yes  No If yes, the date of the public hearing was: Signature: Date: Title: Senior Planner  Signed by Lead Agency  Signed by Applicant Date Received for Filing: (Clerk Stamp Here) Authority cited: Sections 21083 and 21100, Public Resources Code. Reference: Sections 21108, 21152, and 21152.1, Public Resources Code. Page 26 of 259 Page 27 of 259 Page 28 of 259 Page 29 of 259 Page 30 of 259 Roy Rauser Palm Desert, CA., 92260 City of Palm Desert 75-510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA., 92260-2578 Attention: Mr. Carlos Flores, Senior Planner RE: Application to increase the approved subdivision of 49-425 JFK Trail from Three Lots to four Lots. To: The Mayor and Members of the City Council: It has come to our attention that there is an application from the owner of Lot 49- 425 JFK Trail to increase the number of lots from three to four. We, the neighbors, have not been informed of this application which is to be heard on December 5, 2023. The City gave it’s approval to subdivide the original property from one lot to three in and around May 2014 after much objection to this subdivision by the surrounding neighbors. The application was approved with conditions that the owner had to abide by: some of conditions were that the Land Grade Elevations would not be increased from where they are now; that the infrastructure containing water, sewer and roadway be improved to accommodate fire department service for this development; that the height of the buildings be restricted to 16 feet; that the separate lots be incorporated into our Home Owner Association known as, Ironwood HOA IX. We request that this application to increase the number of lots be denied in order to save our neighborhood and our right to quiet enjoyment of our homes due to the over-development of this property. Page 31 of 259 These lots have been incorporated into our HOA IX and they must abide by the HOA Conditions, therefore, if the HOA IX does not approve the addition of this additional lot then the developer must abide by that decision. We insist that the developer be obligated not to increase the elevations of the lots 1 and 2 (My home and Mr. Schrecks home are adjacent to these lots) and that the elevations remain at the same level as they are now. This was agreed to with the previous development approval. Thank you for your consideration for our concerns as adjacent property owners on this matter Yours truly, Roy Rauser Page 32 of 259 Page 33 of 259 2014 to allow three homes to be built on this lot, subject to several conditions, which were approved and accepted by the existing owner. The neighbors were very much opposed to this development for many reasons, but it was approved. We have become aware that there is to be a hearing on December 5th to increase the number of lots from 3 to 4. Unfortunately, I will not be able to attend the meeting because I heard about it too late to change my plans, therefore, I am contacting you via this email, which includes a letter, which opposes this proposal to increase the number of lots. We, the Neighbours, request that you consider our position in this matter and help make this neighborhood workable and enjoyable for all residents by rejecting this current application from the owner of this property to increase the number of lots from 3 to 4. We request that the original accepted application remain as it is with a limit of 3 lots and a water retention basin. Further, we insist that the 'finished floor elevation' of Parcels 1 and 2 be maintained exactly the same as that of my property and Mr. Schreck's property, which are adjacent to these two Parcels. The elevation of these two Parcels must not be increased from where they are now, which was approved in the earlier accepted application in 2014. Thank you for your consideration on this matter. I have attached my letter to the City of Palm Desert. Yours, truly....Roy Rauser Page 34 of 259 December 4, 2023 Palm Desert Planning Commission c/o Carlos Flores Re: Subdivision Application for 49-425 JFK Trail Dear Mr. Flores and the Palm Desert Planning Commission, Our family owns a home at 49-260 JFK Trail, Palm Desert. We understand that the owner of lot 49-425 JFK Trail has applied to modify a permit previously issued by the City of Palm Desert. Our family and many if not all the neighbors are very much opposed to the parcel owner’s modification application. We respectfully request that the Planning Commission deny this application and maintain the existing permit. At minimum, the Planning Commission should delay implementation to allow a more thorough analysis of the history and implications of further subdividing this property. The permit allowed the one lot parcel to be subdivided into three home lots plus a water retention basin. It was also subject to several conditions such as 1) the Land Grade Elevations would not be increased, 2) the water, sewer and roadway infrastructure would be improved to accommodate fire department service, 3) the height of buildings would be restricted to 16 feet, and 4) the lots would all be incorporated into Ironwood HOA IX, our Homeowners Association. Our understanding is that the owner of 49-425 sold, transferred, or otherwise conveyed the property to his spouse subsequent to the permit. The current spousal parcel owner now wants to increase the number of home lots from three to four. Our concern is that this modification would overdevelop the property and interfere with our and our neighbors’ enjoyment of our properties. We had a similar water basin experience at another home where the local commission approved less water retention, and our property and other neighbors’ properties have been significantly harmed (e.g., multiple floodings, land erosion, unsafe pedestrian access) by excess water flowing from our neighbor’s property. This application can only meet the 20,000 square feet lot requirement with this nearly 75% reduction in the size of the stormwater basin. We believe the almost 6,000 square feet stormwater basin reduction needs to be studied further and we request time to do so. We also are concerned that the parcel owner is trying to dramatically alter the three-homes-with-conditions agreement that was approved and accepted after extensive negotiations and expense with the neighbors. Moreover, the new spousal owner was well aware of these limitations and conditions and should not be allowed to now alter an agreement that was in place at the time of her acquiring the property. We understand that a hearing will occur on December 5th to consider this request. Unfortunately, no one in our family received notice of the hearing until last Friday afternoon (Dec 1st) and none of us will be in California to attend. We would very much appreciate if the Planning Commission would accept our concerns via this letter. Page 35 of 259 Thank you for considering our request to deny or at least delay the parcel owner’s application. Please feel free to contact any of us if you have additional questions or comments. We are all happy to be of further assistance. Warm Regards, Steve Hollomon Pete Hollomon Anne Hollomon Baldwin Timotha Hollomon Page 36 of 259 From:Joe Baldwin To:Planning E-mail Subject:Palm Desert Planning Commission meeting 12/5/23 - Objection to Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847 Date:Monday, December 4, 2023 2:03:45 PM Dear Mr. Flores and the Palm Desert Planning Commission, I am writing to respectfully object to the granting of Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847.: The addition of another parcel on the former historical 2.09 parcel located at 49-425 JFK Trail. Having come out of prior conversations with neighbors, the applicant agreed to conditions in order to move forward on the currently permitted plan without neighbor objection. In August of 2020 the applicant extended the Tentative Parcel Map of a 2.09 acre parcel into four parcels (three single family lots and one retention basin lot) and in August of 2021, the current PM 36502 was recorded. To be clear, in order to garner their current permit (PM 36502) with an endorsement of the neighbors, home owners association and easement providers, the applicant agreed to conditions of their development which include, joining the Ironwood HOA IX and a cap of three single family lots with onsite retention. A retreat on the previous agreement and approval of such by the municipality of Palm Desert could provide a case for future litigation. Not only is the existing home a potential historical property nominee but the small JFK Trail road, which would serve as the access point to the property, is ill suited for additional parcels and could be subject to substantial degradation by construction vehicles. In an effort to save the municipality of Palm Desert and the applicant from possible future litigation expense associated with adding an forth home lot, I am writing to recommend that the Planning Commission deny Planning Commission Resolution No. 2847. Please accept my objection to the resolution via email. Best, Joe Baldwin Page 37 of 259 Page 38 of 259 Page 39 of 259 Page 40 of 259 Page 41 of 259 Page 42 of 259 Page 43 of 259 Page 44 of 259 Page 45 of 259 Page 46 of 259 Page 47 of 259 Page 48 of 259 Page 49 of 259 Page 50 of 259 Page 51 of 259 Page 52 of 259 Page 53 of 259 Page 54 of 259 Page 55 of 259 Page 56 of 259 Page 57 of 259 Page 58 of 259 Page 59 of 259 Page 60 of 259 Page 61 of 259 Page 62 of 259 Page 63 of 259 Page 64 of 259 Page 65 of 259 Page 66 of 259 Page 67 of 259 Page 68 of 259 Page 1 of 6 CITY OF PALM DESERT PLANNING COMMISSION STAFF REPORT MEETING DATE: February 6, 2024 PREPARED BY: Carlos Flores, AICP, Principal Planner REQUEST: ADOPT A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT AND APPROVE A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND PRECISE PLAN FOR A 11,380 SQUARE FOOT FIRE STATION ON A 2.66 ACRE SITE AT 75665 GERALD FORD DR (ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NUMBER 694160015) RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 2851 to: 1. Conduct the public hearing and receive public testimony. 2. Adopt a Notice of Exemption for a Class 32 Categorical Exemption in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15332 as an Infill development. 3. Approve Conditional Use Permit (CUP) 23-0011 and Precise Plan (PP) 23-0011 for an 11,380- square-foot (SF) fire station building located at 75665 Gerald Ford Drive (Assessor’s Parcel Number 694-160-015). ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW COMMISSION RECOMMENDATION (ARC): On January 9, 2024, the Project was presented to the ARC for design review consideration. After discussion of the plans, Chair Vuksic, seconded by Commissioner Latkovic, motioned to approve the Case in a 5-0 vote (Commissioner Blakely and Vice Chair McIntosh absent), as presented. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The proposal is a request by PBK Architects (Applicant) on behalf of the City of Palm Desert (Owner) to develop an 11,380 square-foot fire station, generally referred to as the North Sphere Fire Station 102 (Station). The site is a vacant and unimproved 2.66-acre parcel on the south side Gerald Ford Drive. The current zoning designation of the proposed project site is Public Institution (P), and the fire station use is allowable with approval of a conditional u se permit by the Planning Commission. The Project requires the approval of three (3) entitlements, consisting of: 1. EA 23-0011: An environmental analysis is required for the proposed Project. 2. CUP 23-0011: The proposed fire station land use requires the review and approval of a CUP. Page 69 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case Nos. PP/CUP/EA 23-0011 Fire Station 102 Page 2 of 6 3. PP 23-0011: A PP approval is required for the review of the use, site, and structures to ensure applicable design and development standards are implemented as intended. The Project has been reviewed for full conformance with the applicable requirements of the Palm Desert Zoning Ordinance and is consistent with the Palm Desert General Plan, as conditioned. Staff recommends the Planning Commission (PC) make findings to approve PP/CUP/EA 23 - 0011. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: At the regular ARC meeting of July 25, 2023, the Applicant presented two different Station design concepts to the ARC for discussion and asked for direction on preferred option, architectural considerations, and overall comments on design. The ARC p rovided comments on depth of plane changes, finishes, overhang depths, and material palette, and communicated a preference for the second option. The Applicant incorporated this direction into their drawings and submitted formal applications for a PP, CUP, and EA. a) Property Location: The project site (Site) is located on a vacant and unimproved 2.66 - acre parcel located at 75665 Gerald Ford Drive, just north of Frank Sinatra Drive. The Site is southwest from the existing Spanish Walk apartments and is no rtheast of the existing University of California, Riverside – Palm Desert Campus. b) Current Adjacent Uses, General Plan and Zoning: Table 1 – Adjacent Land Use and Designations Existing Uses General Plan Zoning Project Site Vacant Public Facility/Institutional (P) Public Institution (P) North Vacant Employment District (ED)/Small Town Neighborhood (STN) Service Industrial (SI)/ Planned Residential (PR) South Vacant Public Facility/Institutional (P) Public Institution (P) East Existing Residential Small Town Neighborhood Planned Residential (PR) West Vacant Public Facility/Institutional (P) Public Institution (P) Project Description: The applicant is proposing to construct an 11,380 square-foot Station, complete with landscaping, covered employee and visitors parking, outdoor patios, and an emergency generator and fuel tank. The following entitlement applications have been applied for: - Precise Plan application for the development of the Station. - Conditional Use Permit which is required for fire stations within the Public Institution zoning district. Page 70 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case Nos. PP/CUP/EA 23-0011 Fire Station 102 Page 3 of 6 a) Site Plan and Access: The site plan (Figure 1 on the following page) shows the location of the proposed building, driveways, circulation, landscaping, and parking. Access to and from the Site will be taken from two driveways on Gerald Ford Drive. The driveways and circulation within the Site are constructed to meet the vehicular and operational needs of the Station. The site plan identifies twenty-five (25) parking spaces, including three (3) visitors parking spaces and twenty-two (22) covered spaces for crew, open area, landscaping, security gates, and an area for an emergency generator and fuel tank. The interior property lines (not adjoining Gerald Ford Drive) will be enclosed by a perimeter block wall. A total of 40,603 square feet of open space will remain on the project site for possible future expansion. The preliminary site plan identifies areas for possible future expansion: an area for an apparatus bay on the south end of th e building, a future dorm expansion attached to the east side, a future office expansion, and a pad for a future detached building on the site. The Station itself covers 9.8% of the Site. Potential locations for future public art are shown on Sheet A10 1 of the Project plan set. As conditioned, the final placement of those art pieces and future art will be subject to review by the Public Art Division and Cultural Arts Committee. The site plan also shows new carport spaces located adjacent to the existin g skate park to provide future solar in accordance with State requirements. Vehicular access to the site is provided by two (2) existing driveways and drive aisles along San Pablo Avenue. No modifications are proposed to existing parking areas except for t he addition of two (2) accessible parking spaces near the proposed structure. Figure 1- Proposed Site Plan Page 71 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case Nos. PP/CUP/EA 23-0011 Fire Station 102 Page 4 of 6 b) Architecture and Screening: The proposed project architecture is characterized as modern desert contemporary consisting of a combination of exterior materials including Accoyo Wood, El Dorado Stone, and Vitro Glass, with a brown, gray, and red color palette. The Station’s architecture provides variation in roof lines and wall planes, incorporating significant depths to its overhangs and building walls on all four elevations. Elevations for areas of future expansion are not prepared at this time. Figure 2 – Proposed Building Elevations c) Landscaping: The applicant proposes landscaping throughout the project site, including the frontage along Gerald Ford Drive. A total of 25,274 square feet of landscaping and 38,790 square feet of hardscape will be provided. Landscaping will include nine (9) Date Palms lining Gerald Ford Drive, as well as a combination of other trees, shrubs, groundcovers, and vines throughout the landscaped area. The tree palette includes mimosa trees, cascalotes, crape myrtles, palo verdes, and blue hesper palms. The shrub palette includes aloe vera, dwarf bottle brush, golden barrel cactus, and yellow yucca. Different groundcovers and hardscape will be used, including desert gold and flame red decomposed granite, rock mulch, and decorative rocks. (Continued on next page) Page 72 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case Nos. PP/CUP/EA 23-0011 Fire Station 102 Page 5 of 6 Figure 4 – Proposed Landscaping d) Signage: The project provides a preliminary location of monument signage along the street frontage. No details for construction or design of the signage is provided at this time. Signage will require future consideration by the Architectural Review Commission. Analysis: a) Development Standards: The zoning designation is Public Institution (P) which allows the development of a fire station as a conditional use (as applicable to the project). Development in the P zone is subject to development standards provided under PDMC 25.22.040. The table below summarizes the project’s conformance analysis. The applicant must still undergo staff review for compliance wi th Engineering and Fire Department requirements. Table 3 – Project Development Standard Conformance Standard P Zone Project Conforms Lot Area, Min. None 2.66-acres Yes Yard Requirements None 34’-2” (Front) 62’ (Side) 199’-10” (Rear) Yes Height 35’ 26’ Yes Page 73 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Case Nos. PP/CUP/EA 23-0011 Fire Station 102 Page 6 of 6 Public Input: Public Notification Public noticing was conducted for the February 6, 2024, Planning Commission meeting per the requirements of PDMC Section 25.60.060 and Government Code Sections 65090 to 65094. A public hearing notice was published on Friday, January 26, 2024, in The Desert Sun newspaper. Notices were mailed to all property owners within 300 feet of the Project site. No comments were received by the public as of February 1, 2024. Environment Assessment/Environmental Review: City staff has reviewed the Project in accordance with CEQA and recommends that the Project is exempt from environmental review pursuant to Section 15332 Infill Development (Class 32) of the State CEQA guidelines. Class 32 consists of projects characterized as i nfill development meeting the following conditions: a) The Project is consistent with the applicable General Plan designation and all applicable General Plan policies as well as with applicable zoning designation and regulations. The proposed general institution use is consistent with the Public Facility/Institutional General Plan land use designation and the Public Institution zoning designation. The Project does not conflict with General Plan policies and meets all regulations of the PDMC. b) The proposed development occurs within the city limits on a Project site of no more than five (5) acres substantially surrounded by urban uses. The Project site is a 2.66-acre site within the City of Palm Desert. c) The Project site has no value as a habitat for endangered, rare, or threatened species. d) Approval of the Project would not result in any significant effects relating to traffic, noise, air quality, or water quality. e) The site can be adequately served by all required utilities and public services. Findings of Approval: Findings can be made in support of the Project under the PDMC. Findings in support of this Project are contained in the draft Planning Commission Resolution No. 2851, attached to this staff report. ATTACHMENTS: 1. Draft Planning Commission Resolution No. 2851 2. Public Hearing Notice 3. CEQA Notice of Exemption 4. Architecture Review Notice of Action 5. Project Plans Page 74 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT AND APPROVING A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND PRECISE PLAN TO DEVELOP AN 11,380 SQUARE FOOT FIRE STATION ON A 2.66-ACRE PARCEL LOCATED AT 75665 GERALD FORD DRIVE (ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NUMBER 694-160-015) CASE NOS. EA23-0011/CUP23-0011/PP23-0011 WHEREAS, PBK Architects (“Applicant”), on behalf of the City of Palm Desert, submitted applications for an Environmental Assessment (EA), Conditional Use Permit (CUP), and Precise Plan (PP) for a 11,358 square foot fire station building (“Project”) located on a 2.66-acre Project site at 75665 Gerald Ford Drive (Assessor Parcel Number 694-160- 015); and WHEREAS, the Project site has a land use designation of Public Facility/Institutional in the Palm Desert General Plan adopted on November 10, 2016, and a zoning designation of Public Institution (P); and WHEREAS, under Section 21067 of the Public Resources Code, Section 15367 of the State California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 14, § 15000 et seq.) and the City of Palm Desert’s (“City’s”) Local CEQA Guidelines, the City is the lead agency for the Project; and WHEREAS, the Architectural Review Commission (ARC) of the City of Palm Desert, California, did on the 9th day of January 2024, approve a design review for the Project; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the requirements of the CEQA, the State Guidelines for Implementation of CEQA (State CEQA Guidelines) and the City of Palm Desert CEQA Implementation Requirements, the City of Palm Desert Development Services Department has determined that the Project will not have a significant impact on the environment and that the Project is categorically exempt under Article 19, Section 15332 Infill Development (Class 32) of the CEQA Guidelines; therefore, no further environmental review is necessary; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, did on the 6th day of February 2024, hold a duly noticed public hearing to consider the request by the Applicant for approval of the above-noted Project request; and WHEREAS, at the said public hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, the Planning Commission did find the following facts and reasons, which are outlined in the staff report, exist to justify approval of said request: NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, as follows: Page 75 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 2 SECTION 1. Recitals. The Planning Commission hereby finds that the foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein as substantive findings of this Resolution. SECTION 2. Findings on Conditional Use Permit. In recommending approval of this Project, the Planning Commission, and under Palm Desert Municipal Code (PDMC) Section 25.72.050(F), the following findings are required before granting a CUP: 1. That the proposed location of the conditional use is in accord with the objectives of this title and the purpose of the district in which the site is located . The purpose and intent of the Public Institution district is to provide for the orderly establishment of public facilities, expansion of their operations, and for the orderly establishment of quasi-public institutional uses that are compatible with and support surrounding land uses. The proposed Project establishes a new fire station to help continue and expand the existing City of Palm Desert fire life safety operations. 2. That the proposed location of the conditional use and the conditions under which it would be operated or maintained will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be materially injurious to properties or improvements in the vicinity. The proposed use, as conditioned, has been reviewed to not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare, or be materially injurious to properties in the vicinity. The Project site design has been reviewed to ensure the protection of the public health, safety, and general welfare. The use is not one as such that will be detrimental to public health and will be continuously reviewed and operated by City staff to ensure continuous compliance and safety. 3. That the proposed conditional use will comply with each of the applicable provisions of this title, except for approved variances or adjustments. The proposed development conforms with all applicable standards of the Palm Desert Municipal Code, including all standards of the Public Institution zoning designation. No variances or adjustments are proposed for this development. The Project conforms with all development standards, including building height and parking. 4. That the proposed conditional use complies with the goals, objectives, and policies of the City’s General Plan. The proposed use complies and is consistent with the site’s General Plan land use designation of Public Facility/Institutional. The Project will provide fire station life safety operations. The following General Plan Goals and Policies are achieved with this Project: Goal 4. Fire hazards. Existing and future development is protected from wildfire hazards, with decreased frequency and intensity of wildfire incidents despite increased density and urbanization within the community. Page 76 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 3 Policy 4.1 Fire Preparation. The project will help maintain optimal fire readiness and response service in coordination with Riverside County and other agencies. Goal 7. Emergency Services. The project will help continue to provide excellent emergency services to the community. Policy 7.1 Quality of service. The project will provide courteous, responsive, and efficient fire services. Policy 7.3 Serving new growth. It will expand fire service coverage in conjunction with new growth to ensure quality of service does not diminish. Policy 7.8 Fire and emergency services. The project includes continued coordination with Riverside County Fire Department to ensure continued excellent fire services. SECTION 3. CEQA Determination. The Planning Commission finds the Project is exempt from CEQA pursuant to Section 15332 Infill Development (Class 32) of the State CEQA guidelines. Class 32 consists of projects characterized as infill development meeting the following conditions: a) The Project is consistent with the applicable General Plan designation and all applicable General Plan policies, as well as with applicable zoning designation and regulations. The proposed general institution use is consistent with the Public Facility/Institutional General Plan land use designation and the Public Institution zoning designation. The Project does not conflict with General Plan policies and meets all regulations of the PDMC. b) The proposed development occurs within city limits on a Project site of no more than five (5) acres substantially surrounded by urban uses. The Project site is a 2.66-acre site within the City of Palm Desert. c) The Project site has no value as a habitat for endangered, rare, or threatened species. d) Approval of the Project would not result in any significant effects relating to traffic, noise, air quality, or water quality. e) The site can be adequately served by all required utilities and public services. SECTION 4. Project Recommendations. The Planning Commission hereby approves CUP23-0011 and PP23-0011, subject to the findings and Conditions of Approval attached herein as Exhibit A. SECTION 5. Custodian of Records. The documents and materials that constitute the record of proceedings on which these findings are based are located at the City’s office at 73510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260. Richard D. Cannone, AICP, the Secretary to the Palm Desert Planning Commission, is the custodian of the record of proceedings. SECTION 6. Execution of Resolution. The Chairperson of the Planning Commission signs this Resolution, and the Secretary to the Commission shall attest and certify to the passage and adoption thereof. Page 77 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 4 SECTION 7. Recitals. The Planning Commission hereby finds that the foregoing recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein as substantive findi ngs of this Resolution. ADOPTED ON February 6, 2024. JOSEPH PRADETTO CHAIRPERSON ATTEST: RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP SECRETARY I, Richard D. Cannone. AICP, Secretary of the City of Palm Desert, hereby certify that Resolution No. 2851 is a full, true, and correct copy, and was duly adopted at a regular meeting of the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert on February 6, 2024, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: RECUSED: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the City of Palm Desert, California, on February ___, 2024. RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP SECRETARY Page 78 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 5 EXHIBIT A CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL CASE NOS. CUP/PP/EA23-0011 PLANNING DIVISION: 1. The development of the property shall conform substantially with exhibits on file with the Development Services Department, except as modified by the following conditions. Any variation from the approved plans must be reviewed and approved by the Planning Division prior to the building permit issuance and may require review and approval by the Architectural Review Commission, Planning Commission, and/or City Council. 2. The development of the property described herein shall be subject to the restrictions and limitations set forth herein, which are in addition to the approved development standards listed in the PDMC and state and federal statutes now in force, or which hereafter may be in force. 3. The PP shall expire if construction of the said Project shall not commence within 24 months from the date of final approval unless an extension of time is granted by the Palm Desert Planning Commission; otherwise, said approval shall become null, void, and of no effect whatsoever. 4. The CUP shall expire if construction of the said Project shall not commence within 12 months from the date of final approval unless an extension of time is granted by the Palm Desert Planning Commission; otherwise, said approval shall become null, void, and of no effect whatsoever. 5. The PP approval is for a new 11,380-square-foot building located on a 2.66-acre area. The new building will operate as a new fire station. 6. The approved PP shall only be modified with written City approval per PDMC Chapter 25.72.030. Any proposed changes to this PP will require an amendment to the application, which may result in a new public hearing. 7. The approved CUP shall only be modified per the guidelines outlined in PDMC Chapter 25.72.050(I). 8. All construction documentation shall be coordinated for consistency, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, landscape and irrigation, grading, and street improvement plans. All such plans shall be consistent with the approved entitlement plans on file with the Development Services Department. 9. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for the construction of any use or structure contemplated by this approval, the Applicant shall first obtain permits and or clearance from the following agencies: Page 79 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 6 Coachella Valley Water District (CVWD) City of Palm Desert Public Works Department Riverside County Fire Department City of Palm Desert Land Development Division City of Palm Desert Planning Division City of Palm Desert Building and Safety Division Evidence of said permit or clearance from the above agencies shall be presented to the Building & Safety Division at the time of issuance of a building permit for the use contemplated herewith. 10. This Project is subject to the Art in Public Places requirements in Chapter 4.10 of the PDMC. 11. Final lighting plans shall be submitted per PDMC Section 24.16 for any landscape, architectural, street, or other lighting types within the Project area. All exterior lighting sources shall be fully shielded and directed downwards and is subject to approval by the Development Services Department. Luminaries with total lamp lumens above 16,000 lumens shall not be used. Prior to the building permit issuance, the Applicant shall submit plans for outdoor lighting as required by PDMC Section 24.16.030 and include glare ratings and color temperature for all exterior light fixtures. 12. Prior to the building permit issuance, the Applicant shall submit a landscape construction application for approval by the Development Services Department and Coachella Valley Water District. Final landscape and irrigation documents shall be prepared by a landscape architect registered with the State of California and shall be submitted to the Development Services Department and the CVWD for review and approval. All sheets shall be signed by the landscape architect and shall include the license number and the expiration date. The landscape plan shall conform to the preliminary landscape plans prepared as part of this application and shall include dense plantings of live landscape material. All plants shall be a minimum of five (5) gallons in size, and all trees shall be a minimum 24-inch box in size. A. The Applicant shall submit final landscape construction plans to the Palm Desert Development Services Department for review and acceptance prior to submittal to CVWD. 13. All Project irrigation systems shall function properly, and landscaping shall be maintained in a healthy and thriving condition. The maintenance of landscaping and the irrigation system shall be permanently provided for all areas of the Project site, as well as walkways and the portion of public right-of -way abutting the Project site (parkways). Furthermore, the plans shall identify responsibility for the continued maintenance. 14. Prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy, the Project landscape architect shall submit written certification to the Public Works Department or Planning Division that the landscaping and irrigation have been installed per the approved landscape plan. Page 80 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 7 15. All exterior ground-mounted and rooftop equipment and all appurtenances thereto shall be completely screened from public view by walls or roof screens that are architecturally treated to be consistent with the building. The final construction plans shall include appropriate drawings demonstrating how such equipment is to be screened from view. 16. All roof drainage systems and devices shall be designed such that they are fully screened from view from all public streets. Drainage devices, including but not limited to down - spouts, shall not be located on any street-facing building elevation or area that is clearly visible from the public right-of-way. Drainage devices shall be fully integrated into the building structure and located within the exterior walls of the structure. 17. All ground-mounted utility structures including, but not limited to, transformers, HVAC equipment, and backflow prevention valves shall be located out of view from any public street or adequately screened using landscaping and/or permanent screening devices. 18. Exterior building elevations showing building wall materials, roof types, exterior colors, and appropriate vertical dimensions shall be included in the development construction drawings. 19. All roof access ladders shall be located on the inside of the building and shall be fully screened by rooftop parapets. 20. The Applicant or any successor in interest shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations. 21. A copy of the herein-listed Conditions of Approval shall be included in the construction documentation package for the Project, which shall be continuously maintained on-site during Project construction. 22. Exterior signage shall comply with Chapter 25.56 of the PDMC. 23. Prior to a permit issuance, the Applicant shall submit plans for the final design of all site fences and walls subject to review and approval by the Palm Desert Development Services Department. The design of the walls shall be consistent with the height, material, and design on the approved conceptual site plan dated June 9, 2023. This includes the proposed screening fence attached to the existing skate park fence. 24. Future modifications to site walls or fences shall require approval by the Director of Development Services. The use of barbed wire, razor wire, and spiked pickets for fencing is prohibited. LAND DEVELOPMENT DIVISION/PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT: 25. The following plans, studies, and exhibits are hereby referenced: Preliminary Grading Plan Discover Palm Desert, prepared by CivTec, dated December 2023. 26. Any condition of approval as part of this Project may be modified, revised, or removed by the City Engineer and Development Services Director if it is determined that it is not Page 81 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 8 required for a City project and/or to match with offsite improvements on Gerald Ford Drive. 27. It is assumed that easements shown on the preliminary grading exhibit are shown correctly and include all the easements that encumber the subject property. A current preliminary title report for the site will be required to be submitted during the technical plan review. The Applicant shall secure approval from all, if any, easement holders for all grading and improvements, which are proposed over the respective easement or provide evidence that the easement has been relocated, quitclaimed, vacated, abandoned, easement holder cannot be found, or is otherwise of no effect. Should such approvals or alternate actions regarding the easements not be provided and approved by the City, the Applicant may be required to amend or revise the proposed site configuration as may be necessary. 28. It is understood that the conceptual exhibits correctly show acceptable centerline elevations, all existing easements, traveled ways, and drainage courses with appropriate flows. If final design requires that the Applicant amend or revise these exhibits it must have approval by the City Engineer. 29. The Applicant shall comply with Palm Desert Ordinance No. 843, Section 24.20 Stormwater Management and Discharge Ordinance. 30. All utility extensions within the site shall be placed underground unless otherwise specified or allowed by the respective utility purveyor. 31. Prior to a grading permit, the Applicant shall prepare a final grading plan for the site. No grading or other improvements shall be permitted until a final grading plan has been approved by the City Engineer. Grading plans and all grading shall conform to the approved Conceptual Grading Plan, the California Building Code, Palm Desert Municipal Code Title 27 Grading, and all other relevant laws, rules, and regulatio ns governing grading in the City of Palm Desert. 32. The grading plan shall provide for acceptance and proper discharge of all off-site drainage flowing through the site. Should the quantities exceed the street capacity, the Applicant shall provide adequate drainage facilities and/or appropriate easements as approved by the City Engineer. 33. Pad elevations, as shown on the conceptual exhibit, are subject to review and modification per Chapter 27 of the PDMC and approved by the City Engineer. 34. Prior to approval of the grading plan, the Applicant shall prepare a detailed final hydrology and hydraulics report for approval of the City Engineer. The report shall encompass the entire Project area and comply with all relevant laws, rules, and regulations governing the City of Palm Desert. 35. All drainage and storm drain improvements shall be designed per PDMC Title 24, Riverside County Flood Control and Water Conservation District’s standards for the Page 82 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 9 Drainage Element of the Palm Desert General Plan, and all other relevant laws, rules, and regulations governing grading in the City of Palm Desert. 36. Prior to approval of the grading plans, the Applicant shall provide the City Engineer with evidence that a Notice of Intent (NOI) has been filed with the State Water Resources Control Board. Such evidence shall consist of a copy of the NOI stamped by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Regional Water Quality Control Board or a letter from either agency stating that the NOI has been filed and their WDID number is depicted on the Grading Plan before approval. 37. Prior to the issuance of a grading permit, the Applicant shall submit a PM10 application for review and approval. The Applicant shall comply with all provisions of PDMC Section 24.12 regarding Fugitive Dust Control. 38. Where grading involves import or export, the Applicant shall obtain relevant permits, from the Public Works Department where the material is coming from or going to, including import/export quantities and hauling route. 39. Prior to a grading permit, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Applicant to obtain any and all proposed or required easements and/or permissions necessary (if any) to perform the grading shown on the grading plan exhibit. Proof shall be provided to the Development Services Department prior to the issuance of a grading permit, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and Development Services Director. 40. It is assumed that the grading and the provisions for stormwater mitigation shown on the conceptual grading exhibit and report can comply with all requirements of the City of Palm without substantial change from that shown. Prior to approval of the grading plan for the PP, a final stormwater mitigation plan shall be submitted for review and approval by the City Engineer. The plan shall incorporate and optimize the use of best management practices (BMPs) for the development. 41. All post-construction BMPs shall be designed based on the City of Palm Desert’s maximum infiltration criteria of one (1) inch/hour. 42. Conveyance of emergency overflow shall flow along the historic path. The depth of the ponding/overflow shall be a minimum of 1-ft below the proposed finished floor elevations. 43. Prior to the issuance of a grading permit, the Applicant shall submit for review and approval of the City Engineer a final Geotechnical Report that includes project-specific recommendations. 44. Prior to the issuance of a precise grading permit, the Applicant shall submit grading, paving and utility improvement plans for all onsite improvements for review and approval of the City Engineer. 45. The following existing improvements shall be made in accordance with accessibility regulations as: Page 83 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 10 A. Sidewalks/walks B. Shared-use paths/multi-purpose paths. C. Curb ramps D. Driveway approaches crossings E. Parking spaces 46. Improvements that are non-compliant with the accessibility standards in effect at the time of construction or alteration, shall be brought up to current accessibility standards. This work shall be incorporated into the scope of this Project and shall be completed prior to acceptance by the City. 47. Improvements that are compliant with the accessibility standards in effect at the time of construction shall be depicted on the construction plans with detailed specifications for the running and cross slopes of all pedestrian walkways, with locations, dimensions and grades of maneuvering spaces and landings, width of sidewalk, and vertical clearance from obstructions. The accessibility of existing improvements will be verified by City inspection staff upon completion of the project. Discrepancies between documented existing conditions and existing conditions as measured by City staff shall be remedied and brought up to accessibility standards as part of the Project. 48. Prior to the start of grading activities, the Applicant shall install all erosion and dust control mechanisms for the site as approved by the City Engineer. 49. Upon completion of grading work, the Project’s Engineer of Record shall certify to the completion of grading in substantial conformance with the approved grading plans and the recommendations of the geotechnical report approved for this Project. 50. Applicant shall coordinate plans to be consistent and align with any offsite work proposed concurrently and/or in future. 51. Prior to the building Certificate of Occupancy, the Applicant is responsible for the completion of construction of all improvements for which plans are required. BUILDING AND SAFETY DIVISION: 52. This Project shall comply with the latest adopted edition of the following codes: A. California Building Code and its appendices and standards. B. California Commercial Code and its appendices and standards. C. California Plumbing Code and its appendices and standards. D. California Mechanical Code and its appendices and standards. E. California Electrical Code. F. California Energy Code. G. California Green Building Standards Code. H. Title 24, California Code of Regulations. I. California Fire Code and its appendices and standards. Page 84 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 11 53. Upon formal submittal, provide a detailed summary of occupancies per building and/or areas of the Visitor Center (Center/Reception Area, Support areas, storage, etc.) and Gallery. 54. The accessibility provisions of CBC Chapter 11B apply to this Project. Please demonstrate and identify existing and new compliance of parking (both standard and EV accessible), paths of travel, restrooms, kitchen, breaks areas, etc. 55. The Applicant shall coordinate directly with: Riverside County Fire Marshal’s Office CAL FIRE/Riverside County Fire Department Main: (760) 863-8886 77933 Las Montañas Road, Suite 201 Palm Desert, CA 92211 56. All trash enclosures are required to be accessible. Provide an accessible path of travel to the trash enclosure. Trash enclosures shall comply with the minimum requirements established by Section 8.12 of the PDMC. 57. All contractors and subcontractors shall have a current City of Palm Desert Business License before permit issuance per PDMC, Title 5. 58. All contractors and/or owner-builders must submit a valid Certificate of Workers’ Compensation Insurance coverage before the issuance of a building permit per California Labor Code, Section 3700. 59. Address numerals shall comply with Palm Desert Ordinance No. 1351 (PDMC Section 15.28). Compliance with Ordinance 1351 regarding street address location, dimension, stroke of line, distance from the street, height from grade, height from the street, etc., shall be shown on all architectural building elevations in detail. Any possible obstructions, shadows, lighting, landscaping, backgrounds, or other reasons that may render the building address unreadable shall be addressed during the plan review process. The Applicant may request a copy of Ordinance 1351 or PDMC Section 15.28 from the Building and Safety Division counter staff. END OF CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL Page 85 of 259 Page 86 of 259 CITY OF PALM DESERT 73-510 FRED WARING DRIVE PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA 92260-2578 TEL: 760-346-0611 INFO@CITYOFPALMDESERT.GOV CITY OF PALM DESERT PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE CASE NO. PP/CUP/EA2023-0011 NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT A PUBLIC HEARING WILL BE HELD BEFORE THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, TO CONSIDER A REQUEST BY PBK ARCHITECTS ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT TO APPROVE A CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT AND PRECISE PLAN TO CONSTRUCT A NEW 11,380 SQUARE FOOT FIRE STATION ON A 2.66-ACRE PARCEL LOCATED AT 75665 GERALD FORD DRIVE The City of Palm Desert (City), in its capacity as the Lead Agency for this project and pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), finds that the proposed project is categorically exempt under Article 19, Section 15332 Infill Exemption (Class 32) of the CEQA; therefore, no further environmental review is necessary and a Notice of Exemption can be adopted as part of this project. PROJECT LOCATION/DESCRIPTION: PROJECT LOCATION: A 2.66-acre vacant parcel located at 75665 Gerald Ford Drive (APN 694- 160-015). PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The applicant proposes a Conditional Use Permit (CUP) and Precise Plan (PP) to construct a new, 11,380 square foot fire station for regular fire station uses. PUBLIC HEARING: NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, will hold a Public Hearing at its meeting on February 6, 2024. The Planning Commission meeting begins at 6:00 p.m. in the Council Chamber at 73510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, California. Pursuant to Assembly Bill 2449, this meeting may be conducted as a hybrid meeting allowing public access via teleconference or in person. Options for remote participation will be listed on the Posted Agenda for the meeting at: https://www.palmdesert.gov/our-city/committees-and-commissions/commission-information. PUBLIC REVIEW: The plans and related documents are available for public review Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. by contacting the project planner, Carlos Flores. Please submit written comments to the Planning Division. If any group challenges the action in court, issues raised may be limited to only those issues raised at the public hearing described in this notice or in written correspondence at or prior to the Planning Commission hearing. All comments and any questions should be directed to: Carlos Flores, Senior Planner City of Palm Desert 73-510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA 92260 (760) 346-0611, Extension 478 cflores@palmdesert.gov PUBLISH: THE DESERT SUN RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP, SECRETARY JANUARY 26, 2024 PALM DESERT PLANNING COMMISSION Page 87 of 259 Page 88 of 259 Statutory Exemptions. State code number: _______________________________________________ Print Form Notice of Exemption Appendix E From: (Public Agency): ____________________________To: Office of Planning and Research P.O. Box 3044, Room 113 _______________________________________________Sacramento, CA 95812-3044 County Clerk (Address) ___________________________ ___________________________ County of: __________________ Project Title: ____________________________________________________________________________ Project Applicant: ________________________________________________________________________ Project Location - Specific: Project Location - City: ______________________ Project Location - County: Description of Nature, Purpose and Beneficiaries of Project: _____________________ Name of Public Agency Approving Project: _____________________________________________________ Name of Person or Agency Carrying Out Project: ________________________________________________ Exempt Status: (check one): Ministerial (Sec. 21080(b)(1); 15268); Declared Emergency (Sec. 21080(b)(3); 15269(a)); Emergency Project (Sec. 21080(b)(4); 15269(b)(c)); Reasons why project is exempt: Lead Agency Contact Person: ____________________________ Area Code/Telephone/Extension: _______________ If filed by applicant: 1.Attach certified document of exemption finding. 2.Has a Notice of Exemption been filed by the public agency approving the project? Yes No Signature: ____________________________ Date: Signed by Lead Agency Signed by Applicant Authority cited: Sections 21083 and 21110, Public Resources Code. Date Received for filing at OPR: Reference: Sections 21108, 21152, and 21152.1, Public Resources Code. _______________ Categorical Exemption. State type and section number: ____________________________________ ______________________________________________ ______________ Title: _______________________ Revised 2011 City of Palm Desert 73-510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA 92260 Riverside 2724 Gateway Drive Riverside, CA 92507 EA/CUP/PP 23-0011 Fire Station 102 PBK Architects, on behalf of City of Palm Desert 75665 GERALD FORD DRIVE (ASSESSOR’S PARCEL NUMBER 694-160-015) Palm Desert Riverside Proposal of a Conditional Use Permit and Precise Plan to develop an 11,380 square-foot fire station, generally referred to as the North Sphere Fire Station 102 for the City of Palm Desert City of Palm Desert City of Palm Desert X Section 15332; Class 32 - Infill City staff has reviewed the Project in accordance with CEQA and recommends that the Project is exempt from environmental review pursuant to Section 15332 Infill Development (Class 32) of the State CEQA guidelines. Class 32 consists of projects characterized as infill development meeting the following conditions: a) The Project is consistent with the applicable General Plan designation and all applicable General Plan policies as well as with applicable zoning designation and regulations. The proposed general institution use is consistent with the Public Facility/Institutional General Plan land use designation and the Public Institution zoning designation. The Project does not conflict with General Plan policies and meets all regulations of the PDMC. b) The proposed development occurs within the city limits on a Project site of no more than five (5) acres substantially surrounded by urban uses. The Project site is a 2.66-acre site within the City of Palm Desert. c) The Project site has no value as a habitat for endangered, rare, or threatened species. d) Approval of the Project would not result in any significant effects relating to traffic, noise, air quality, or water quality. e) The site can be adequately served by all required utilities and public services. Carlos Flores, Senior Planner 7607766478 Page 89 of 259 Page 90 of 259 CITY OF PALM DESERT 73-510 FRED WARING DRIVE PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA 92260-2578 TEL: 760-346-0611 PLANNING@PALMDESERT.GOV ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW COMMISSION NOTICE OF ACTION January 25, 2024 Kelley Needham 8163 Rochester Avenue Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730 Subject: Consideration to approve a Design Review (DR) for a proposed Precise Plan (PP), Conditional Use Permit (CUP) and Environmental Assessment (EA) to construct a new, 11,380 square foot (SF) fire station on a 2.66-acre parcel located at 75665 Gerald Ford Drive (Assessor’s Parcel Number 694-160-015). The Architectural Review Commission of the City of Palm Desert considered your request and took the following action at its meeting of January 9, 2024: Following discussion, MOTION BY CHAIR VUKSIC, SECOND BY COMMISSIONER LATKOVIC, CARRIED 5-0 (COMMISSIONER BLAKELEY and VICE CHAIR MCINTOSH ABSENT); to approve Case No. DR23-0011 as presented. If you have any questions, please contact Senior Planner, Carlos Flores, at (760) 776-6478 or cflores@palmdesert.gov. Sincerely, NICK MELLONI, SECRETARY ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW COMMISSION cc: File Page 91 of 259 Page 92 of 259 NORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION No. 102 DECEMBER 4TH 2023 Page 93 of 259 PROP. 6"±D.C.D.A.W/F.D.C.WVL.P.TELEPHONETOP OF WALLWATER VALVEWATER METERSANITARY SEWERTOP OF CURBTOP OF FOOTINGTOP OF GRATEVALVESTREET LIGHTWATERWW.M.W.V.T.F.T.W.ST.G.T.C.TEL.CHAIN LINK FENCECENTERLINEHIGH POINTPOWER POLEGRADE BREAKRIGHT OF WAYFIRE HYDRANTFINISHED SURFACEFINISHED FLOOREDGE OF PAVEMENTCATCH BASINSTORM DRAINCURB & GUTTEREXISTING SPOT ELEVATIONFLOWLINEGRADE BREAK LINEEXISTING UTILITY LINE(TYPE AND SIZE AS NOTED)P.P.R.O.W.ST.IRR. OR IRRIG.M.H.STREETIRRIGATIONLOW POINTMANHOLEG.B.H.P.H.C.INV.F.S.F.H.F.L.HANDICAPINVERTFLOWLINEPROPERTY LINEDWY.ELEC.E.P.F.F.CONC.C.O.SDDRIVEWAYELECTRICCONCRETECLEANOUTC.B.C&GC.L.F.C.L.BLDG.BUILDINGP/APLANTER AREAFLOW DIRECTIONSTORM DRAIN & GRATESTORM DRAIN AND CLEANOUTB.O.W.BACK OF WALKFIRE HYDRANTEXIST. 18" V.C.P.SEWER LINELEGENDSWE01020 40SCALE: 1" = 20'GERALD FORD DRIVEFIRE STATION NO. 102PRELIM. GRADING ANDSEWER/WATER PLAN6"± FIRESERVICE LINEPROP. 6"± BLDG.SPINKLER P.O.C.PROP. 2-1/2"± WATERP.O.C.2-1/2"±WATER2"± W.M.- FOR BLDG.2-1/2"± B.F.P.- FOR BLDG.(S=0.0013)CIVILENGINEERINGCONSULTING999 CORPORATE DR., SUITE 100LADERA RANCH, CA 92694p: 949.463.8822e: tec@civtec.net12/3/23PLOT DATE:December 3, 2023SCALE:DRAWINGNUMBER:PROJECT NUMBER:DATE:DRAWN:CONSULTANTEETATSLIC ENSAAINROFILACFO RCHITECTDCHECKED:#NODATEBYDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION No. 102 GERALD FORD DRIVE PALM DESERT, CA 92211 8163 ROCHESTER AVENUE, SUITE 100RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730909-987-0909 PRANCHO CUCAMONGARIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTSTAFF TECPER PLAN12/3/2023170.12EARTHWORK QUANTITIESCUT3,300 CYFILL300CYEXPORT3,000CYEXIST. 18" D.I.P.WATER LINEEXIST. SEWER MANHOLE(161.1±) TMH(150.1±) INV 18"CONNECT TO EXIST. SEWER151.6± INV 4"(150.1±) INV 18"PROP. 4" SEWERLATERAL @ 2%23'25'55.00'C.O.151.75 INV4" SEWERPROP. SAND/OILSEPARATORC.O.154.0 INV4" SEWERPROP. 4" SEWER@ 2% MIN.PROP. 4" SEWER P.O.C.158.0± INV 4"PROP. BUILDING162.4 FF161.7± PADPROP. BUILDING162.4 FF161.7± PADPROP. BUILDING162.4 FF161.7± PADCONNECT TO EXIST. 18"D.I.P. WATER LINE FORNEW FIRE SERVICECONNECT TO EXIST. 18"D.I.P. WATER LINE FOR NEWDOMESTIC WATER SERVICEFUT. EXPANSION162.4 FFFUT. BUILDING162.3 FF161.6± PAD(162.5±) FGHP(162.8±) FG(162.7±) FG(162.4±) FG(162.2±) FGPROP. STEM WALL AT PERIMETERWALL TO DIRECT OFFSITERUNOFF ABOUND SITE159.8± TC159.3± FL160.2± TC159.7± FL160.5± TC160.0± FL161.3± TC160.8± FL160.8± FS/TG160.2± TC159.7± FS/TG159.0 INV160.4± TC159.9± FS/TG0" CF162.0 FS162.4 FS5%5%162.4 FS162.4 FS162.4 FS162.4 FS162.4 FS162.4 FS162.4 FS162.4 FS162.9 TC162.4 FS(161.7±) FG162.45 TC161.95 FL162.9 TC162.4 FS162.8 TC162.3 FS162.7 TC162.2 FS162.3 FS162.3 FS4" CF162.0 TC161.7 FL3.6%0.5%0.5%161.5 TG160.4 INV161.7 FGPROP. 4"SD @ 0.5%PROP. 4"SD @ 1%161.5 TG159.8 INV161.7 TG160.2 INV162.2 FGPROP. 4"SD @ 0.5%PROP. 4" SD@ 1%161.7 TG159.7 INV160.8 TG158.0 INV8"PROP. 8"SD @ 1%HP161.9 FGHP162.0 FG162.4 FG162.5 FG162.0 FG162.0 FGPROP. 8" SD@ 1%PROP. 8"SD @ 1.2%PROP. 4"SD1.5'x1.5' C.B.161.9 TC161.4 FL/TG159.6 INV1.5'X1.5' C.B.161.3 TC160.7 FL/TG159.1 INV162.4 FS162.25 FS62.2 TC61.7 FL1%1%1%162.0 TC161.5 FS161.9 TC161.4 FS162.05 TC161.55 FS162.3 TC161.8 FS162.1 TC161.6 FS161.4 FS161.4 FS161.4 TC160.9 FL161.8 TC161.3 FS162.05 TC161.55 FS161.7 TC161.2 FL1%1%1%161.85 TC161.35 FS162.95 TC161.45 FS161.25 FS161.35 TC160.85 FL1.5'X1.5' C.B.161.1 TC160.6 FL/TG158.5 INV161.00 FS161.40 TC160.90 FS0.5%1% 1.8%1%2.2%VICINITY MAPNOT TO SCALESWE Map data ©2023 GooglePROJECTLOCATIONPROP. STEM WALL AT PERIMETERWALL TO DIRECT OFFSITERUNOFF ABOUND SITE1.5'x1.5' C.B.161.7 FL/TG159.65 INVPROP. 4"SD @ 0.5%PROP. 4"SD1%162.3 FSPROP. 4"SDAPPROX. LOCATION OF ONSITEINFILTRATION SYSTEM FOR 100% OF THE100-YEAR, 24-HOUR FLOW - UNDERGROUNDINFILTRATION CHAMBERSIZE = 12,225 CUBIC FEET MIN.TOP OF BASIN = 155.8BOTTOM OF BASIN = 152.3PROP. GAS METERAND SUPPLY LINEEXISTING EASEMENTSPER PRELIMINARY REPORT BY LAWYERS TITLE, DATED FEB. 6, 2023 (FILE NO. 623690483)EXCEPTION 2.EASEMENT(S) IN FAVOR OF THE PUBLIC OVER ANY EXISTING ROADS LYING WITHIN SAIDLAND. (NON-PLOTTABLE - NO DESCRIPTION)EXCEPTION 6.EASEMENT(S) FOR THE PURPOSE(S) SHOWN BELOW AND RIGHTS INCIDENTAL THERETO ASSET FORTH IN A DOCUMENT:IN FAVOR OF: SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, A CORPORATIONPURPOSE: PUBLIC UTILITIESRECORDING DATE: JULY 1, 1983RECORDING NO: 132635 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS(NON-PLOTTABLE - NOT WITHIN PROJECT SITE)EXCEPTION 7.EASEMENT(S) FOR THE PURPOSE(S) SHOWN BELOW AND RIGHTS INCIDENTAL THERETO ASSET FORTH IN A DOCUMENT:IN FAVOR OF: SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, A CORPORATIONPURPOSE: PUBLIC UTILITIESRECORDING DATE: JULY 1, 1983RECORDING NO: 132637 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS(NON-PLOTTABLE - NOT WITHIN PROJECT SITE)EXCEPTION 9.EASEMENT(S) FOR THE PURPOSE(S) SHOWN BELOW AND RIGHTS INCIDENTAL THERETO ASSET FORTH IN A DOCUMENT:IN FAVOR OF: CITY OF PALM DESERTPURPOSE: PUBLIC ROAD AND HIGHWAYRECORDING DATE: NOVEMBER 1, 1985RECORDING NO: 247405 OF OFFICIAL RECORDSRECORDING DATE: DECEMBER 5, 1985AND RE-RECORDING NO: 274268 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS(NON-PLOTTABLE - NOT WITHIN PROJECT SITE)EXCEPTION 10.EASEMENT(S) FOR THE PURPOSE(S) SHOWN BELOW AND RIGHTS INCIDENTAL THERETO ASSET FORTH IN A DOCUMENT:IN FAVOR OF: CITY OF PALM DESERTPURPOSE: STUB POLES, GUY WIRES AND ANCHORSRECORDING DATE: FEBRUARY 18, 1987RECORDING NO: 43985 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS(NON-PLOTTABLE - NOT WITHIN PROJECT SITE)EXCEPTION 11.EASEMENT(S) FOR THE PURPOSE(S) SHOWN BELOW AND RIGHTS INCIDENTAL THERETO ASSET FORTH IN A DOCUMENT:IN FAVOR OF: SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, A CORPORATIONPURPOSE: PUBLIC UTILITIESRECORDING DATE: FEBRUARY 20, 1987RECORDING NO: 47122 OF OFFICIAL RECORDSAND RECORDING DATE: FEBRUARY 20, 1987AND RECORDING NO: 47123 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS(NON-PLOTTABLE - NOT WITHIN PROJECT SITE)PROP. PRIVATEFIRE HYDRANTPROP. PUBLICFIRE HYDRANTCONNECT TO EXIST. 18"D.I.P. WATER LINE FORNEW FIRE HYDRANTPROP. TRENCHDRAINPROP. TRENCHDRAIN4.6%5.5%160.8± TC160.3± FS/TG159.0 INV6"± FIRESERVICE LINE6"± FIRESERVICE LINE1%5%4.5%1.8%1.8%1.8%1.8%C.O.158.6 INVPROP. 4"SD @ 1%PROP. 4"SD @ 1%C.O.157.0 INV8"1.8%1.8%0.5%1.8%(@ EXP.)1%1.5%1.3%1%C.O.158.3 INV8"C.O.157.2 INV8"C.O.156.0 INV12"C.O.157.7 INV162.2± FG162.0± FG161.4± FS1% 1.8% 1%0.2%CDS UNIT155.8± INV 12" IN155.8 INV 8" IN155.8 INV 12" OUT155.6 INV12" IN83.6'132.5'162.4± FGACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVELPROP. 12"SD @ 1%PROP. 8"SD @ 2%160.7± FS1.8%1.8%4.8%4.8%4.8%PROP. 12"OVERFLOWSDPROP. UNDERSIDEWALK DRAIN159.5 INV12" OUTAACCBBDDSECTION A-ANOT TO SCALESECTION B-BNOT TO SCALESECTION C-CNOT TO SCALESECTION D-DNOT TO SCALEPROP. BUILDING1.8%4.8%2%MAX.1.8%1.8%GERALD FORD DRIVEBY OTHERSPROP. WALKPROP. WALKPROP. SEAT WALL1%EXIST. GRADEPROP. WALLPROP. CURBPROP. PAVEMENTEXIST. GRADEPROP. WALL2.5%±EXIST. GRADEPROP. WALLPROP. CURBPROP. PAVEMENTPROP. SWALEPage 94 of 259 FIRE STATION NO. 102PRELIM. GRADING ANDSEWER/WATER PLAN - DETAILSCIVILENGINEERINGCONSULTING999 CORPORATE DR., SUITE 100LADERA RANCH, CA 92694p: 949.463.8822e: tec@civtec.net12/3/23PLOT DATE:December 3, 2023SCALE:DRAWINGNUMBER:PROJECT NUMBER:DATE:DRAWN:CONSULTANTEETATSLIC ENSAAINROFILACFO RCHITECTDCHECKED:#NODATEBYDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION No. 102 GERALD FORD DRIVE PALM DESERT, CA 92211 8163 ROCHESTER AVENUE, SUITE 100RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730909-987-0909 PRANCHO CUCAMONGARIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTSTAFF TECPER PLAN12/3/2023170.12REFERENCE ONLY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPROPOSED ONSITE INFILTRATION SYSTEMREFERENCE ONLY - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIONPROPOSED ONSITE CDS UNIT FOR PRETREATMENTPage 95 of 259 GERALD FORD DRIVE326.84'332.36'332.03'32.53'26' WIDESLIDINGSECURITYGATETRASHVISITORSPARKING(3)EMERGENCYGENERATORAND FUEL TANKPROPOSEDFIRE STATIONRETURNDRIVEWAYRESPONSEDRIVEWAYFUTUREAPPARATUSSTORAGE BUILDINGCOVERED CREWPARKING (8)COVERED CREWPARKING (10)COVERED EV CREWPARKING (4)COVEREDPATIOFUTURE APPARATUS BAYEXPANSIONFUTURE OFFICEEXPANSIONFUTURE DORMEXPANSIONPUBIC ARTAREAFLAGPOLEUNDERGROUNDINFILTRATIONCHAMBERMONUMENTSIGN6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H TUBE STEELFENCE, TYP6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.3 SPACES@27'-0"18'-0"9'-0"9'-0"3'-0"3 SPACES@27'-0"3'-0"3'-0"3'-0"5'-0"3'-0"3'-0"12'-0"9'-0"10'-0"9'-0"27'-10"26'-0"26'-0"20'-0"20'-0"20'-0"5'-0"2 SPACES @18'-0"12'-0"9'-0"6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H TUBE STEELFENCE, TYP6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.135'-0"117'-2"62'-0"87'-4"135'-0"45'-0"127'-0"199'-10"135'-0"55'-0"55'-0"34' -2"25'-4"3 SPACES@27'-0"9'-0"3'-0"3'-0"3'-0"9'-0"3 SPACES@27'-0"COVEREDPATIO20'-0"14'-2"13'-2"16'-6"37'-8"21'-4"21'-4"17'-10"22'-4"33'-0"10'-0"45'-0"12'-0"10'-0"A-AA-ATRANSFORMER, TYP.35'R15'R15'R35'R2'R2'R2'R2'R2'R2'R15'R15'R2'R2'RBOLLARDS, TYPMIN SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOTMIN SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOTMIN SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOTUNDERGROUNDINFILTRATIONCHAMBERRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPPOST, TYPPOST, TYPPOST, TYPRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYP55'-0"55'-0"110'-0"R/W BOUNDARYR/W BOUNDARY(N) HYDRANT(N) HYDRANTTRENCHDRAINTRENCHDRAINUNDERSIDEWALKDRAINAREA DRAIN, TYPPLPLGERALD FORD DRIVEMECHANICAL WELL±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOORNOTE: SEE PRELIMINARYGRADING PLANS FORSECTIONS0'10'20'40'80'NPROPOSED SITE PLAN12/01/2023TRUE NORTHPARKING CALCULATIONFORMULAREQUIREDPROVIDED- ACCESSIBLEFIRE STATION BUILDING LOT COVERAGE CALCSSQUARE FOOTAGEPERCENTAGE OF TOTAL SITETOTAL SITE AREA11,380 SF116,047 SF100.00%CONCRETE VEHICULAR PAVINGCONCRETE SIDEWALKLANDSCAPINGARCHITECT/APPLICANT:OWNER:CONTACT INFORMATION(909) 987-0909KELLEY NEEDHAMCITY PALM DESERTDRAWN BY:BERNHARD WASSINK(760) 776-6465(909) 635-9034FIRE STATIONBUILDING INFORMATIONSTORIES/HEIGHTBUILDING FOOTPRINT11,380 SF1 STORY +/- 26'-0"MATERIAL LEGENDAPN NUMBERSITE INFORMATIONPUBLIC INSTITUTIONGENERAL PLANZONINGCONSTRUCTION TYPETYPE VB - SPRINKLEREDSCALE: 1" = 20'SITE73510 FRED WARING DRIVEPALM DESERT, CA 92260LUCERO LEYVAPBK ARCHITECTS8163 ROCHESTER AVENUERANCHO CUCAMONGA, CAP "PUBLIC INSTITUTION"6941-600-15ACREAGE2.66 (116,047 SF)9.8%HARDSCAPE38,790 SFLANDSCAPE25,274 SFOPEN SPACE (UNDVLPED)40,603 SF35.0%33.4%21.8%FIRE STATION2 SPACES PER BED*2025- EV CAPABLE 1(VAN)1(VAN)1-25 = 1 SPACES10-25 = 4 SPACES44* TWO PARKING SPACES PER BED PER FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTSUNDEVELOPED OPEN SPACE AREASECTION A-ANORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL: TO BLDG ENTRANCE, NO ABRUPT CHANGESIN ELEVATION ALONG PATH OF TRAVEL. 5% MAXIMUM SLOPE; 2% MAXIMUMCROSSLOPE.PATH OF EGRESS: TO PUBLIC WAY, NO ABRUPT CHANGES IN ELEVATIONALONG PATH OF TRAVEL. 5% MAXIMUM SLOPE; 2% MAXIMUM CROSSLOPE.PATH OF EGRESS: NO ABRUPT CHANGES IN ELEVATION ALONG PATH OFTRAVEL. 5% MAXIMUM SLOPE; 2% MAXIMUM CROSSLOPE.Page 96 of 259 111181147602414107114107114107114107114107114107114107114107114107114107115860*564115860*15860*15860*5931950411728838288206586406312512011693113120351231111515122111521113931151130*21422214222142215S-2 OCCUPANCY - 4,298 S.F. R-2 OCCUPANCY - 4,129 S.F.B OCCUPANCY - 1,440 S.F.BUILDING AREABUILDING TOTAL = 11,380 S.F.MAX TD = 89'MAX TD = 46'MAX TD = 76'MAX TD = 131'MAX TD = 131'1299110'4'8'16'32'NCODE ANALYSIS12/04/2023PLAN NORTHAREA IDENTITYAREA IDENTITY - CODE ANALYSIS1-HR RATED + STC 50 MIN WALL3OCCUPANT LOADSPACE USE - REFERTO SCHEDULEFLOOR AREA INSQUARE FEETNOTE:* (ASTERISK) INDICATESDUPLICATED OCCUPANCYAND IS EXCLUDED FROMEGRESS CALCULATIONSPATH OF EGRESS(NUMBER INDICATESOCCUPANT LOAD)EXIT SIGN (CBC 2019SECTION 1013)31000*STC 50 MIN. WALL1/2" HOUR RATED FLOOR ASSEMBLY AT SLEEPING UNITS12.13.11.APPARATUS BAY, 200 S.F./OCC.ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL ROOM, 300 S.F./OCC.WORKSHOP, 50 S.F./OCC.14151617.LAUNDRY, 300 S.F./OCC.BATHROOM, 0* S.F./OCC.STUDY, 50 S.F./OCC.DORMITORY, PER BED/OCC.18.TRAINING ROOM, 20 S.F./OCC.19.CONFERENCE ROOM, 15 S.F./OCCSPACE USESPACE USE AND OCCUPANT LOAD SCHEDULE1.2.3.5.6.7.8.9.10.4.TELECOM, 300 S.F./OCC.OFFICE, 100 S.F./OCC.RESTROOM, 0* S.F./OCC.STORAGE, 300 S.F./OCC.DAYROOM, 15 S.F./OCC.KITCHEN, 100 S.F./OCC.LOCKER ROOM, 50 S.F./OCC.EXERCISE ROOM, 50 S.F./OCC.DINING ROOM, 15 S.F./OCC.LOBBY, 15 S.F./OCC.(BASED ON 2022 CBC TABLE 1004.5)CODE ANALYSISFIRE STATION No. 3 TYPE VB - SPRINKLERED PER NFPA 13B, SECTION 304.111,380 S.F. < 52,500 S.F. (TOTAL)CONSTRUCTION TYPE:OCCUPANCY GROUP:ACTUAL AREA:R-2, SECTION 310.3S-2, SECTION 311.327,000 S.F. (FOR B OCCUPANCY)ALLOWABLE AREA:21,000 S.F. (FOR R-2 OCCUPANCY) - MOST RESTRICTIVETABLE No. 506.2(SM-SPRINKLERED,2-STORY)40,500 S.F. (FOR S-2 OCCUPANCY)AREA INCREASE:SECTION 506.352,500 S.F. = [21,000 S.F. + (7000*0.75)] * 2 (TOTAL)26,250 S.F. = [21,000 S.F. + (7000*0.75)] * 1 (PER STORY)(FRONTAGE)0.75 = [865/865 -0.25]30/3011,380 S.F. < 26,250 S.F. (PER STORY)NOTE :1.THE CODE ANALYSIS IS BASED ON A NON-SEPARATED OCCUPANCIES PER 2022 CBC,SECTION 508.3. NO SEPARATION IS REQUIRED BETWEEN OCCUPANCIES.2.1-HR FIRE PARTITION AND FLOOR ASSEMBLY ARE PROVIDED FOR THE WALLS ANDFLOORS SEPARATING THE SLEEPING UNITS UNIT AND OTHER OCCUPANCIESCONTIGUOUS TO IT PER 2022 CBC, SECTIONS 420.2, 420.3 AND 508.3.3 EXC. 2.3.THERE WILL BE NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORED OR USED WITHIN BUILDINGSTHAT EXCEED 2022 CBC, TABLES 307.1(1) AND 307.1(2)4.RATED CORRIDOR IS NOT REQUIRED PER 2022 CBC, TABLE 1020.2: CORRIDORFIRE-RESISTANCE RATING FOR OCCUPANCY GROUPS B AND S WITH AUTOMATIC FIRESPRINKLER SYSTEM IS 0 HOURS AND PER 2022 CBC, SECTION 1020.1, EXCEPTION 2 -A FIRE RESISTANCE RATING IS NOT REQUIRED FOR CORRIDORS CONTAINED WITHINA DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT IN AN OCCUPANCY IN GROUP R.5.A SINGLE EXIT HAS BEEN PROVIDED ON THE 2ND STORY PER CBC 1006.3.4, EXP 1,TABLE 1006.3.4(1).NORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 97 of 259 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN11,380 S.F.FUTUREAPPARATUS BAY1,930 S.F.DATA7'-6" x 12'-4"92 S.F.ELEC8'-0" x 12'-4"99 S.F.LOBBY12'-4" x 9'-0"107 S.F.MEDSTORAGE12'-4" x 10'-0"123 S.F.STORAGE7'-6" x 8'-4"92 S.F.EXERCISE ROOM31'-6" x 16'-0"504 S.F.VESTIBULE60 S.F.HALLWAYBATH 47'-0" x 10'-10"86 S.F.BATH 5EXTRACTORROOM9'-2" x 16'-0"147 S.F.WATCHOFFICE12'-4" x 11'-6"142 S.F.OFFICE12'-4" x 11'-6"142 S.F.F.R.FUTURESTAFF AREA,OFFICE ANDCHIEF QUARTERS1,834 S.F.TURN-OUT LOCKERS (27)STORWORKSHOP7'-6" x 16'-0"120 S.F.UTILITY /STORAGE7'-6" x 16'-0"120 S.F.21 S.F.21 S.F.APPARATUSROOM79'-4" x 60'-0"4,760 S.F.BATH 2BATH 3OFFICE12'-4" x 11'-6"142 S.F.7'-0" x 10'-10"86 S.F.7'-0" x 10'-10"86 S.F.7'-0" x 10'-10"86 S.F.KITCHEN12'-0" x 17'-8"212 S.F.DAY ROOM31'-8" x 18'-6"566 S.F.DINING15'-10" x 18'-8"347 S.F.TURN-OUT LOCKERS (3)DORM 18'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.STORAGE 5'-2" x 12'-4" 64 S.F.DORM 28'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.8'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 38'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 48'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 58'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 68'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 78'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 88'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 98'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.DORM 108'-8" x 12'-4"107 S.F.FUTUREDORMS &BATHROOM598 S.F.32'ENGINE63'LADDER24' (10'+14')AMBULANCEDECONSINKCEXTDRYWDMSDISPLAYDWDWBATH 19'-2" x 12'-4"113 S.F.VESTIBULE60 S.F.STPPPREF REF REFC19'-8" x 17'-8"530 S.F.AABBCCDD0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED FLOOR PLAN12/02/2023PLAN NORTHNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 98 of 259 +26'-0"T.O.P.+19'-4"T.O.P.ROOF ACCESS HATCHMODIFIED BITUMEN SBSROOF, TYP.CANOPY WITH METALDECK, TYP.MODIFIED BITUMEN SBSROOF, TYP.CANOPY WITH METALDECK, TYP.FUTURE PV AREA, TYP.+15'-4"T.O.P.+15'-4"T.O.P.+26'-0"T.O.P.+19'-4"T.O.P.+26'-0"T.O.P.+26'-0"T.O.P.+15'-4"T.O.P.SLOPESLOPESLOPESLOPESLOPES LO P E SLOPESLOPESLOPESLOPESLOPE+15'-4"T.O.P.+15'-4"T.O.P.+19'-4"T.O.P.+19'-4"T.O.P.+15'-4"T.O.P.+24'-0"T.O.P.+24'-0"T.O.P.+24'-0"T.O.P.ROOF MOUNTEDEQUIPMENT, TYP.FUTURE PV AREA, TYP.+24'-0"T .O . P .0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED ROOF PLAN012/04/2023PLAN NORTHNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 99 of 259 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±15'-4" T.O. CANOPY13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±13'-10" T.O. CANOPY15'-4" T.O. CANOPY±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±13'-10" T.O. CANOPY13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET±15'-4" T.O. PARAPET±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET±10'-0" T.O. CANOPY±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED ELEVATIONS12/04/2023PLAN NORTHEAST ELEVATIONSOUTH ELEVATIONWEST ELEVATIONNORTH ELEVATIONNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 100 of 259 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±15'-4" T.O. CANOPY13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±13'-10" T.O. CANOPY15'-4" T.O. CANOPY±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±13'-10" T.O. CANOPY13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET±15'-4" T.O. PARAPET±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET±10'-0" T.O. CANOPY±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED ELEVATIONS12/04/2023PLAN NORTHEAST ELEVATIONSOUTH ELEVATIONWEST ELEVATIONNORTH ELEVATIONNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 101 of 259 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±19'-4" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±15'-4" T.O. CANOPY±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±13'-10" T.O. CANOPY15'-4" T.O. CANOPY±26'-0" T.O. PARAPET±24'-0" T.O. PARAPET0'-0" FINISH FLOOR0'-0" FINISH FLOOR±13'-10" T.O. CANOPY13'-10" T.O. CANOPY±15'-4" T.O. PARAPET±10'-0" T.O. CANOPY10'-0" T.O. CANOPY15'-4" T.O. PARAPET±15'-4" T.O. PARAPET±10'-0" T.O. CANOPY15'-4" T.O. PARAPET±13'-10" T.O. CANOPYAPPARATUSROOMAPPARATUSROOMDATAWORKSHOPKITCHENDAY ROOMHALLWAYMEDSTORAGEEXERCISE ROOMVESTIBULEEXTRACTORROOMWORKSHOPUTILITY /STORAGEVESTIBULEEXERCISE ROOMBATH 3DORM 2HALLWAYHALLWAYOFFICEHALLWAY0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED SECTIONS12/02/2023PLAN NORTHSECTION ASECTION BSECTION CSECTION DNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 102RIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 102 of 259 METAL COPING,PREFINISHED, TYPWALL SECTION @ EXERCISE ROOMEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPSPRINGLOCK FLASHING,TYP.CANT STRIP,TYP.SBS MODIFIED BITUMENROOFING SYSTEM W/ELASTOMERIC COATING,TYP.BATT INSULATION, TYPENGINEERED STONESYSTEM, OVER PLASTERBROWN COAT, TYPPREFINISHED DRIPFLASHING, TYPGALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFITS,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL ANGLE TRIM,TYP.GALV. METAL DECK, TYP.CONCRETE FOOTING, TYPGALV. METAL PLATE TRIM,PAINTED, TYPENGINEERED STONESYSTEM, OVER PLASTERBROWN COAT, TYPSPRINGLOCK FLASHING,TYP.CANT STRIP,TYP.SBS MODIFIED BITUMENROOFING SYSTEM W/ELASTOMERIC COATING,TYP.EXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPBATT INSULATION,TYP.CONCRETE FOOTING, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPMETAL COPING,PREFINISHED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPPREFINISHED DRIPFLASHING, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFIT,STAINED, TYP.ACCOYA WOOD CLADDING,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPPREFINISHED DRIPFLASHING, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFIT,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPGALV. METAL DECK, TYP.GALV. METAL ANGLE TRIM,TYP.GALV. METAL DECK, TYP.SPRINGLOCK FLASHING,TYP.CANT STRIP,TYP.SBS MODIFIED BITUMENROOFING SYSTEM W/ELASTOMERIC COATING,TYP.EXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPBATT INSULATION,TYP.CONCRETE STEM WALL, TYP.WEEP SCREED, TYPENGINEERED STONESYSTEM, OVER PLASTERBROWN COAT, TYPPREFINISHED FLASHING,TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPWEEP SCREED, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFIT,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPGALV. METAL ANGLE TRIM,TYP.METAL COPING,PREFINISHED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPSBS MODIFIED BITUMENROOFING SYSTEM W/ELASTOMERIC COATING,TYP.SBS ROOF EDGE FLASHING,TYPPREFINISHED DRIPFLASHING, TYPEXERCISE ROOMFIRE RISERROOMAPPARATUSROOMWALL SECTION @APPARATUS ROOMWALL SECTION @ FIRE RISERCONCRETE FOOTING, TYPSLOPESLOPESLOPESLOPE0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED WALL SECTIONS 1NORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION No. 10212/04/2023PLAN NORTHRIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 103 of 259 OFFICEKITCHENDORMITORYWALL SECTION @ OFFICEWALL SECTION @ KITCHENWALL SECTION @ DORMITORYSPRINGLOCK FLASHING,TYP.CANT STRIP,TYP.BATT INSULATION,TYP.METAL COPING,PREFINISHED, TYPSPRINGLOCK FLASHING,TYP.CANT STRIP,TYP.SBS MODIFIED BITUMENROOFING SYSTEM W/ELASTOMERIC COATING,TYP.METAL COPING,PREFINISHED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPPREFINISHED DRIPFLASHING, TYPGALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFIT,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL ANGLE TRIM,TYP.GALV. METAL DECK, TYP.HM WINDOW FRAME, TYPGALV. METAL ANGLE TRIM,TYP.GALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFIT,STAINED, TYP.CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETEBENCH, TYP.CONCRETE FOOTING, TYPHM WINDOW FRAME, TYPCONCRETE FOOTING, TYPGALV. METAL PLATE TRIM,PAINTED, TYPENGINEERED STONESYSTEM, OVER PLASTERBROWN COAT, TYPENGINEERED STONESYSTEM, OVER PLASTERBROWN COAT, TYPGALV. METAL PLATE TRIM,PAINTED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPSPRINGLOCK FLASHING,TYP.CANT STRIP,TYP.METAL COPING,PREFINISHED, TYPPREFINISHED DRIPFLASHING, TYPGALV. METAL DECK, TYP.EXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPGALV. METAL CHANNEL,PAINTED, TYPACCOYA WOOD SOFFIT,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL PLATE TRIM,PAINTED, TYPACCOYA WOOD CLADDING,STAINED, TYP.GALV. METAL PLATE TRIM,PAINTED, TYPWEEP SCREED, TYPEXTERIOR PLASTERSYSTEM, TYPWEEP SCREED, TYPCONCRETE STEM WALL, TYP.CONCRETE STEM WALL, TYP.BATT INSULATION, TYP.BATT INSULATION, TYP.BATT INSULATION, TYP.SLOPESLOPE0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED WALL SECTIONS 2NORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION No. 10212/04/2023PLAN NORTHRIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 104 of 259 0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED PERSPECTIVENORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION 10212/04/2023PLAN NORTHRIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTVIEW FROM NORTHEASTVIEW FROM NORTHWESTVIEW FROM SOUTHEASTVIEW FROM SOUTHWESTCITY OF PALM DESERTPage 105 of 259 0'4'8'16'32'NPROPOSED COLORS & MATERIALSNORTH SPHERE FIRE STATION No. 10206/20/2023PLAN NORTHRIVERSIDE COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENTCITY OF PALM DESERTDOOR, WINDOW, TRIMDUNN EDWARDS"CHARCOAL SKETCH" DE6370COPING, OVERHANGSDUNN EDWARDS"CHARCOAL SKETCH" DE6370WOOD PANELING/SOFFITS:ROYAL PLYWOOD ACCOYA WOOD"YANKEE BARN" SW 3505ENGINEERED STONE:ELDORADO STONE"SANTE FE"PLASTER - FIELDDUNN EDWARDS"DRIFTING" DEC770GLAZING:VITRO GLASS SOLARBAN 70 "SOLEXIA"CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE COLORDAVIS CONCRETE"NATURAL GREY"DOOR ACCENT COLOR:KAWNEER / OVERHEAD DOOR COMPANY"RED OXIDE" RAL 3009 CUSTOM010203040506070802080107040804080106060504040807060112/04/2023Page 106 of 259 Page 107 of 259 Page 108 of 259 GERALD FORD DRIVE326.84'332.36'332.03'32.53'26' WIDESLIDINGSECURITYGATETRASHVISITORSPARKING(3)EMERGENCYGENERATORAND FUEL TANKPROPOSEDFIRE STATIONRETURNDRIVEWAYRESPONSEDRIVEWAYFUTUREAPPARATUSSTORAGE BUILDINGCOVERED CREWPARKING (8)COVERED CREWPARKING (10)COVERED EV CREWPARKING (4)COVEREDPATIOFUTURE APPARATUS BAYEXPANSIONFUTURE OFFICEEXPANSIONFUTURE DORMEXPANSIONPUBIC ARTAREAFLAGPOLEUNDERGROUNDINFILTRATIONCHAMBERMONUMENTSIGN6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H TUBE STEELFENCE, TYP6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.6' H TUBE STEELFENCE, TYP6' H CMU WALL,BURNISHED, TYP.COVEREDPATIOA-AA-ATRANSFORMER, TYP.35'R15'R15'R35'R2'R2'R2'R2'R2'R2'R15'R15'R2'R2'RBOLLARDS, TYPMIN SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOTMIN SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOTMIN SLOPE 1/8" PER FOOTUNDERGROUNDINFILTRATIONCHAMBERRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPRIP-RAP, TYPRIP-RAP, TYPPOST, TYPPOST, TYPPOST, TYPRIBBON GUTTER ANDCATCH BASIN, TYPR/W BOUNDARYR/W BOUNDARY(N) HYDRANT(N) HYDRANTTRENCHDRAINMSLMSMSSLSLMSLMSLMSLMSLL LLMMSLMSL LL L LMMS SS MMSLML PLANTING LEGEND0'10'20'40'80'NTRUE NORTHSCALE:DRAWINGNUMBER:PROJECT NUMBER:DATE:DRAWN:CONSULTANTEETATSLIC ENSAAIN ROFILACFO RCHITECTDCHECKED:08/07/2023XXX#NODATEBYDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSFIRE STATION No. 102 XXX XXX 8163 ROCHESTER AVENUE, SUITE 100RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730909-987-0909 PRANCHO CUCAMONGAPALM DESERT FIRE STATION LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE URBAN DESIGN PLANNING RESOURCE ANALYSISSanta Ana, CA 92701951 E. Santa Ana Blvd.CORNERSTONE STUDIOS, INC.714.973.2200 Voice714.973.0203 Fax1" = 20'-0"L2.1LANDSCAPECONCEPT PLANS-1S-2S-4S-7SHRUBS / GRASSES / GROUNDCOVERS / VINES 5 GAL5 GAL5 GALALOE VERAALOE BARBADENSISS-55 GALBLUE RANGERVALENTINE RED EMU BUSHEREMOPHILLA MACHULATA 'VALENTINE'BLACK DALEADALEA FRUTESCENS 'SIERRA NEGRA'T-1T-2SYMBOLTREESCOMMON NAMEBOTANICAL NAMESIZE25' B.T.T-336" BOXT-436" BOX36" BOXMIMOSA TREEALBIZIA JULIBRISSINCASCALOTECAESALPINEA CACALACOCRAPE MYRTLELAGERSTROEMIA INDICAHYBRID PALO VERDECERCICIDUM HYBRID 'DESERT MUSEUM'BLUE HESPER PALMBRAHEA ARMATA DATE PALMPHOENIX DACTYLIFERA YELLOW YUCCAHESPERALOE PARVIFLORA 'YELLOW'DESERT MILKWEEDASCLEPIAS SUBULATALMSCOW HORN AGAVE)AGAVE BOVICORNUTAVARIEGATED SMOOTH AGAVEAGAVE DESMETTIANATWIN-FLOWERED AGAVEAGAVE GEMINIFLORA5 GALS-3DWARF BOTTLE BRUSHCALLISTEMON VIMINALIS 'LITTLE JOHN'GOLDEN BARREL CACTUSECHINOCACTUS GRUSONII5 GALLEUCOPHYLLUMZYGOPHYLLUM CIMARRONS-6S-9MEXICAN BUSH SAGESALVIA LEUCANTHA5 GALHARDSCAPEH-1H-4DECORATIVE ROCKLARGE (4'w x 1.5'h) - DURANGO BY BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUALMEDIUM (3'w x 2'h) - DURANGO BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUALSMALL (2'w x 2'h) - DURANGO BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUALAGAVE BLUE FLAMEAGAVE 'BLUE FLAME'PINK GAURAGAURA LINDHEIMERI 'SISKIYOU PINK'SUN GOLD GAZANIAGAZANIA RIGENS 'SUN GOLD'FEATHERY CASSIASENNA ARTEMISIODESCORAL FOUNTAINRUSELIA EQUISETIFORMISH-2BIGELOW'S NOLINANOLINA BIGELOVIILANDSCAPE EDGING OR CONCRETE HEADERH-3DECOMPOSED GRANITE WITH EDGING WHERE REQUIRED, COLOR: FLAME REDBY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUALOUR APPROACH TO CONSERVATION OF WATER USED FOR LANDSCAPES IS THREE PRONGED. IT CONSISTS OF CHOICES OF PLANTS, IN-GROUND PLANTED ENVIRONMENTS, ANDWATER APPLICATION.PLANTS ARE CHOSEN FOR THEIR LOW WATER USAGE, ABILITY TO SURVIVE IN HOT ENVIRONMENTS, AND GENERAL TOUGHNESS WHEN STRESSED. NATIVE PLANTS ARE USEDWHERE APPROPRIATE. PLANT SOIL REQUIREMENTS ARE KEYED TO THE PLANT MATERIALS NATURAL ENVIRONMENTS - DRAINAGE, PH, AND CLAY/LOAM/SAND RATIOS. PLANTINGBEDS ARE MULCHED TO LOWER EVAPORATION AND MODERATE SOIL TEMPERATURES.HARDSCAPE OR INORGANIC GROUND COVERS MAY BE USED WHERE APPROPRIATE TO REDUCE OVERALL WATER USE.WATER APPLICATION FOLLOWS THE CURRENT MAWA/EAWU REQUIREMENTS, THE CITY GUIDELINES FOR IRRIGATION DESIGN, AND STANDARD INSTALLATION PRACTICES.KEY FEATURES OF THE IRRIGATION DESIGN:·LOW PRECIPITATION SPRAY HEADS OR DRIP IRRIGATION·SEPARATE DEEP WATERING FOR TREES·ET OR SOIL SENSOR BASED CONTROLLER SCHEDULE MODIFICATION·TIMING OF WATER APPLICATIONS ARE SPACED TO ALLOW WATER TO MOVE THROUGH THE SOIL BEFORE ADDITIONAL WATER IS REQUIRED, AND THEN THE APPLICATION ISBASED ON SOIL INFILTRATION RATES, USING MULTIPLE REPEAT CYCLES TO APPLY ADEQUATE WATER AS NEEDED·SCHEDULES ARE ADJUSTED FOR SEASONAL WEATHER CONDITIONS·REGULAR MONITORING TO ADJUST SYSTEMS TO PLANT WATER USE PATTERNS AS THEY MATURE·MAINTENANCE OF SYSTEMS FOR BEST PERFORMANCE, REPLACING MATERIALS TO ASSURE OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE·USE OF RECLAIMED WATER WHERE AVAILABLE (SYSTEM READY, FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS FOR RECLAIMED WHILE USING POTABLE WATER UNTIL AVAILABLE)S-8DECOMPOSED GRANITE WITH EDGING WHERE REQUIRED, COLOR: DESERT GOLDBY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUALROCK MULCH, DURANGO 4" - 8" BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONSBY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUALROCK MULCH, DURANGO 3/4" BY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONSBY DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS OR APPROVED EQUAL5 GAL5 GALIRRIGATION DESIGN APPROACH LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE URBAN DESIGN PLANNING RESOURCE ANALYSISSanta Ana, CA 92701951 E Santa Ana Blvd.CORNERSTONE STUDIOS, INC.714. 973. 2200 Voice714. 973. 0203 FaxPage 109 of 259 Page 110 of 259 Page 1 of 6 CITY OF PALM DESERT PLANNING COMMISSION STAFF REPORT MEETING DATE: February 6, 2024 PREPARED BY: Nick Melloni, AICP, Principal Planner REQUEST: RECOMMEND THAT THE CITY COUNCIL ADOPT A ZONING ORDINANCE AMENDMENT TO IMPLEMENT RESIDENTIAL AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS, AND FIND THE PROJECT IS EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT (CEQA) RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Planning Commission Resolution No. 285 2 to: 1. Recommend the City Council approve a Zoning Ordinance Amendment amending Title 25 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code (PDMC) by adding Chapter 25.42 – Objective Design Standards and amending other sections of Title 25 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code, to enact the Residential and Mixed-Use Residential Objective Design Standards document. 2. Find the project is exempt from further California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) review pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 21065, CEQA Guidelines Sections 15060(c)(2), 15378, and/or 15061(b)(3). EXECUTIVE SUMMARY: The Planning Commission is being requested to consider a recommendation to the Palm Desert City Council of a City-initiated proposal to establish Objective Design Standards (“ODS”) applicable to certain residential and mixed-use developments and make necessary amendments to the Palm Desert Municipal Code (“PDMC”). The proposal would establish a document outlining the City’s specific ODS requirements and amend Title 25 (“Zoning Ordinance”) of the PDMC by adding Chapter 25.42 – Objective Design Standards and amending other necessary chapters, attached as Exhibit A, to incorporate the requirements of the ODS document, by reference. The ODS requirements would be in addition to, or supplement, any existing development standards of the Palm Desert Municipal Code and adopt the Residential and Mixed-use Objective Design Standards, attached as Exhibit B, of the draft resolution. The intent of adopting the ODS is to comply with state law while ensuring quality, economically feasible, and sustainable design under streamlined review and approval processes for qualifying housin g projects. BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS: Historically, the City of Palm Desert’s (City) municipal code has relied on a discretionary process to regulate the design of residential and mixed -use development. The Architectural Review Commission (ARC), Planning Commission, and City Council, at regularly scheduled public meetings have worked to design requirements that meet community design expectations, as deemed appropriate to new multifamily and mixed -use development projects. In recent years, Page 111 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Residential and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards Page 2 of 6 the California Legislature has adopted new laws that impose requirements on local jurisdictions to implement zoning requirements that support the development of housing due to the ongoing housing supply shortage and affordability crisis (Gov. Code, § 65589.5, subd. (a)(2)(A)). These laws, including Senate Bill (“SB”) 35 (2017), SB 330 (Housing Crisis Act of 2020), and Assembly Bill 2011 among other bills have limited local jurisdictions’ ability to apply subjective design standards, such as those imposed through an architectural review process or other discretionary reviews and hearings, for certain qualifying housing projects. The Housing Crisis Act specifically provides that the City cannot impose or enforce subjective design standards adopted after January 1 st, 2020. The Act also requires that local jurisdictions ministerially approve certain projects that comply with objective development standards and disfavor subjective standards. Objective design standards generally refer to “standards that involve no personal or subjective judgment by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the development applicant or proponent and the public official before submittal.” California Government Code, Section 65913.4. Generally, these laws apply to multifamily housing developments, mixed-use developments where more than 2/3rds of the total floor area is residential, and transitional and supportive housing. On April 27, 2023, the Palm Desert City Council awarded a contract to John Kaliski Architects Inc. (JKA, Inc.) from Los Angeles, California to prepare objective design standards for multifamily and mixed-use residential development. The adoption of ODS will ensure the City can establish minimum design standards to maintain quality design with creative, economically feasible, and sustainable standards. Specifically, the City seeks to establish the ODS document to apply to residential housing development projects. Early on, the ODS sought to utilize City planning design goals, objectives, and policies of the 2016 Palm Desert General Plan to build measurable design parameters that support design qualities sought by the community. Additionally, there have been several meetings with residents, developers, and other community stakeholder groups, and decision makers to invite additional feedback on design goals and process:  June 19, 2023 – Community Open House - City Staff and the consultant held a community open house to gather input from interested residents and project applicants to invite feedback on the design review process and other important design -related issues based on recent housing developments since 2021.  June 20, 2023 – Planning Commission Study Session #1 - Palm Desert Planning Commission gathered input and feedback on important design issues and recent housing approvals since 2021 and reported comments received at the open house. Link to meeting recording here.  July 11, 2023 – Architectural Review Commission Study Session #1 – Meeting with the Architectural Review Commission to discuss previous study session, community feedback and invited comments on design and process. Link to meeting materials and recording here. Page 112 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Residential and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards Page 3 of 6  August 24, 2023 – City Council Study Session – Meeting with the City Council to invite comments and feedback on a draft of the ODS document with discussions on building height measurement and landscaping. Link to meeting materials and recording here.  September 7, 2023 - Joint Study Session ARC and Planning Commission – A joint meeting of the ARC and Planning Commission to discuss comments and feedback to date and review a preliminary draft of the ODS document. Link to meeting materials and recording here.  September 8, 2023 – Community Open House #2 – An open house to present and discuss the draft ODS document with interested members of the public and stakeholders. The above meetings provided feedback to staff and the City’s consultant, on all chapters within the ODS – Project Site, Landscape and Open Space, Building Architecture, Parking, and Compliance Checklists. This feedback assisted the Project Team in identifying the key design elements to be addressed in the ODS document. The feedback also assisted in selecting the most appropriate tools and approaches (i.e., counts and measures, ratios and calculations, lists, etc.) to be utilized in the ODS document to ensure an overall, high-quality building design. That direction along with discussions at the subcommittee have been incorporated and carried forward into the draft presented for the ODS. Project Description: As mentioned above, state law limits the City’s enforcement of design standards to only objective design standards for new qualifying residential and mixed -use development projects or where state law or the City Code requires a ministerial approval process. Qualifying projects include multi-family housing developments (three residential units or greater), mixed -use where more than 2/3rds of the project square footage is residential, and transitional and supportive housing. ODS Document The ODS is divided into multiple chapters addressing various elements o f a residential project design as outlined below. Chapter 1 – Introduction This section of the standards introduces the intent of the standards, the goals and objectives, and the applicability of the standards. Generally, the standards will apply to the f ollowing developments as identified by California Government Code Section 65556.5:  Multi-family housing developments.  Residential Mixed-Use Housing developments with a minimum of two-thirds of (⅔) the square footage designated for residential use.  Supportive and transitional housing development. Additionally, these standards will only be applicable to certain zoning designations within the City of Palm Desert as follows: • Mixed Residential District (R-2). • Multifamily Residential District (R-3). • Planned Residential District (PR). Page 113 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Residential and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards Page 4 of 6 • Office Professional (OP). • Planned Commercial (PC). • Specialty Commercial Center (PC-1). • District Commercial Center (PC-2). • Regional Commercial Center (PC-3). • Resort Commercial Center (PC-4) It must be noted that the standards will not apply to any existing specific plan which already has objective standards. Also, per the direction of the City Council, the standards shall not apply to any of the Downtown zoning districts within the Highway 111 Development Code as indicated by draft section 1.5 of the ODS. This Chapter also identifies that projects that do not comply with any of the objective standards will be subject to a discretionary review process, which must be decided upon by the Planning Commission or City Council. Chapter 2 – This Chapter of the ODS establishes primary design standards for general site planning including the project frontage along streets, building orientation, site walls, entries, pedestrian and vehicular circulation, and alleys (where applicable). • Project frontages along a public street require a break between building frontages, generally. • Project orientation requires that building frontages be oriented towards and overlook the public street and incorporate open space street frontages. • Project fences and walls are limited in height along street frontages and within front setbacks with requirements for design modulation including changes in material, offsets, or height with materials specified. • Requirements are in place for project entries based on street frontage. • Establishes requirements for pedestrian circulation and connectivity between private and public sidewalks. Chapter 3 – This Chapter provides landscaping and open space standards including, generally: • That all frontages and setback areas shall be landscaped. • Dimensions for landscaping islands. • Requires providing of shade trees along public street frontages with spacing requirements. • Identifies specific tree, and shrub species to utilize based on compatibility with the desert environment. • Establishes hardscape, groundcover, and landscape lighting requirements. • Establishes minimum standards for private on -site open space amenities based on the number of units in a development. This requirement augments existing zoning requirements which provide for a minimum area per unit or minimum percentage area of open space based on site area by specifying amenities within the required open space area. Chapter 4 – This Chapter addresses requirements for building architecture and other applicable standards including, but not limited to: Page 114 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Residential and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards Page 5 of 6 • Building height measurement. Establishes building height measurement adjacent to public streets, and/or single-family residential. These changes are proposed to address the issues regarding perceptions of building height adjacent to single-family development and directly respond to concerns raised by residents during the open house and previous project approvals. • Building length – establishes building length maximums before a “break” or modulation is provided. • Establishes building roof shapes, lopes, materials, parapet undulation, and returns. • Building materials – requires certain building materials, and variations between material types, and transitions. • Building utility screening from the public right-of-way. • Building balconies and stairwells, minimum size, design and screening. Chapter 5 – This Chapter establishes supplemental parking design standards. • Placement – restricts parking from being placed within a required public street frontage, setback, or between the primary building frontages and street. • Surface lot – requires surface parking lots to be located away from streets and at the side or rear of a property. • Parking lot shade trees – establishes additional standards for parking lot shading. Chapter 6 – This Chapter provides a checklist of compliance to be utilized by project ap plicants to certify that a project complies with all development standards. Staff will review this form in the development review process. Chapter 7 – Glossary – Provides definitions for certain terms used in the ODS document. Ordinance Amendment The proposed ordinance will add a new Chapter, Chapter 25.42, to the Zoning Ordinance, which will address the purpose and intent, applicability, relationship to other standards and plans, and exceptions, review and decision, appeals and post -decision procedures for the ODS. The section shall reference the ODS document, which may be amended by City Council action. The proposed ordinance will establish procedures for qualifying housing developments to receive an administrative approval for architecture through an Objective Design Review by the Director of Development Services, which is appealable to the Planning Commission. This Objective Design Review approval would be required in conjunction with any other land use approvals required by the Zoning Ordinance and per the existing procedures set by Chapter 25.60 – Procedures. The standards will also apply to any project that is eligible for streamlining pursuant to Senate Bill 35. The proposed language will also make minor amendments to the following chapters of the Zoning Ordinance:  PDMC 25.10 – Residential Districts  PDMC 25.16 – Commercial Districts  PDMC 25.60 - Procedures  PDMC 25.68 – Decisions by the Architectural Review Commission Page 115 of 259 City of Palm Desert – Planning Commission Residential and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards Page 6 of 6  PDMC 25.72 – Decision by the Planning Commission  PDMC 25.99 - Definitions To assess the impact of the ODS, staff will present an update on the impacts of the ODS to the City Council in March 2025 to identify options to refine the standards for streamlining, and identify challenges and successes associated with the standards. Any up dates to state housing legislation may also require further amendments or additions to the ODS. Public Input: Public Notification Public noticing was conducted for the February 6, 2024, Planning Commission meeting per the requirements of PDMC Section 25.60.060 and Government Code Sections 65090 to 65094. A public hearing notice was published a minimum of 10 days before the hearing date on Friday, January 26, 2024, in The Desert Sun newspaper. Environmental Assessment/Environment Review: Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), Public Resources Code Section 21000, et. seq., as amended and implementing State CEQA Guidelines, Title 14, Chapter 3 of the California Code of Regulations (collectively “CEQA”), the adoption of the Ordinance implementing the objective design standards and the 2023 City of Concord Objective Design Standards document do not constitute a “project” within the meaning of Public Resources Code Section 21065, 14 Cal Code Regs. Section 15060(c)(2) or 15378 because it h as no potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment, or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. Even if the adoption of the Ordinance implementing the objective design standards and the City of Palm Desert Objective Design Standards document did constitute a project under CEQA, the objective design standards documents fall within the “common sense” exemption set forth in 14 Cal. Code Regs. Section 15061(b)(3), excluding projects where “it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment…” Therefore, the proposed objective design standards documents do not warrant further environmental review Legal Review: This staff report has been reviewed by the City Attorney’s office. Findings of Approval: Findings can be made in support of the project under the City’s Municipal Code. Findings in support of this project are contained in Planning Commission 2852, attached to this staff report. ATTACHMENTS: 1. Draft Planning Commission Resolution No. 2852 2. Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards 3. Public Hearing Notice Page 116 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2852 A RESOLUTION OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, RECOMMENDING THAT THE CITY COUNCIL APPROVE AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE PALM DESERT MUNICIPAL CODE TO ADD CHAPTER 25.42 – MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS, AMENDING OTHER CHAPTERS OF THE ZONING ORDINANCE, MAKING A FINDING UNDER CEQA, AND RECOMMENDING APPROVAL OF CASE NO. ZOA24-0001 WHEREAS, Government Code Section 65800 et seq. provides for the amendment of any and all adopted City of Palm Desert (“City”) zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and WHEREAS, on September 29, 2017, in an effort to address the State’s ongoing housing crisis, Governor Newsom signed Senate Bill 35 into law, which amended Government Code Sections 65400 and 65582.1, and added Section 65913.4, requiring cities and counties to streamline their review and approval of eligible housing projects; and WHEREAS, on October 9, 2019, in an effort to address the State’s ongoing housing crisis, Governor Newsom signed Senate Bill 330 into law, which amended Government Code Sections 65589.5 and 65941.1 of the Government Code, relating to housing and limiting a jurisdiction’s ability to deny a housing project when it complies with all objective gene ral plan and zoning standards; and WHEREAS, on September 28, 2022, in an effort to address the State’s ongoing housing crisis, Governor Newsom signed Assembly Bill 2011 into law, which amended Government Code Sections 65400 and 65585, and added Sections 65912.100-101, which requires jurisdictions to subject certain multifamily housing projects in commercial districts to a ministerial, streamlined approval process if the development satisfies specified objective planning standards; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission recommends that the City of Palm Desert amend the Palm Desert Municipal Code to provide regulations for Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards to ensure quality, economically feasible, and sustainable designs under the streamlined review and approval processes required by state law, including Senate Bill (“SB”) 35, SB 330, and Assembly Bill (“AB”) 2011; and WHEREAS, the City has complied with the requirements of the Local Planning and Zoning Law (Government Code section 65100 et seq.), and the City’s applicable ordinances and resolutions with respect to approval of amendments to Title 25 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code (“Zoning Ordinance”); and WHEREAS, in an effort to comply with housing streamlining laws and anticipated removal of the discretionary design and site review process for certain housing projects, an amendment to the City’s Zoning Ordinance regulating and implementing Objective Design Standards is proposed and attached hereto as Exhibit “A” of this Resolution No. 2852 and the Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards are attached hereto as “Exhibit B”; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, did schedule a public hearing on January 16, 2024 to consider the requestion, which was cancelled due to a lack of quorum; and Page 117 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 2 WHEREAS, the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, did on February 6, 2024, hold a duly noticed public hearing to consider the request by the City of Palm Desert for approval of Zoning Ordinance Amendment (“ZOA”) 24-0001; and WHEREAS, the ZOA modified Palm Desert Municipal Code (PDMC) Chapter 25 (Zoning) to change and update land uses and definitions; and WHEREAS, under Section 21067 of the Public Resources Code, Section 15367 of the State California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 14, § 15000 et seq.), and the City of Palm Desert’s (“City’s”) Local CEQA Guidelines, the City is the lead agency for the Project; and WHEREAS, the Project has complied with the requirements of the "City of Palm Desert Procedure for Implementation of CEQA” Resolution No. 2019-41, in that the Director of Development Services has determined that the Project will not have a foreseeable significant impact on the environment and that the Project is eligible for an exemption pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3) of the General Rule of the CEQA Guidelines; therefore, no further environmental review is necessary at this time; and WHEREAS, at the said public hearing, upon hearing and considering all testimony and arguments, if any, of all interested persons desiring to be heard, the Planning Commission did find the following facts and reasons, which are outlined in the staff report, to exist to justify approval of said request: NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, as follows: SECTION 1. Findings. The Planning Commission hereby finds that: A. The City of Palm Desert, California (“City”), is a municipal corporation duly organized under the Constitution and laws of the State of California; and B. The Planning and Zoning Law authorizes cities to establish by ordinance the regulations for land use and development. SECTION 2. Amendment. The Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert recommends that the City Council of the City of Palm Desert, California, approve and adopt the PDMC amendment to Title 25 as shown in Exhibit “A” and the Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards shown in Exhibit “B”, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein. SECTION 3. CEQA. Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), Public Resources Code Section 21000, et. seq., as amended and implementing State CEQA Guidelines, Title 14, Chapter 3 of the California Code of Regulations (collectively “CEQA”), the adoption of the ordinance implementing the objective design standards and the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards do not constitute a “project” within the meaning of Public Resources Code Section 21065, 14 Cal Code Regs. Section 15060(c)(2) or 15378 because it has no potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment, or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the Page 118 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 3 environment. Even if the adoption of the ordinance implementing the objective design standards and the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards document did constitute a project under CEQA, the objective design standards documents fall within the “common sense” exemption set forth in 14 Cal. Code Regs. Section 15061(b)(3), excluding projects where “it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment…” Therefore, the proposed objective design standards documents do not warrant further environmental review. This determination reflects the independent judgement and analysis of the City as the lead agency for the Amendment. SECTION 4. Severability. If any section, subsection, subdivision, paragraph, sentence, clause, or phrase in this ordinance or any part thereof is for any reason held to be unconstitutional or invalid, or ineffective by any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the remaining portions of this ordinance or any part thereof. The Planning Commission hereby declares that it would have passed each section, subsection, subdivision, paragraph, sentence, clause, or phrase thereof irrespective of the fact that one (1) or more subsections, subdivisions, paragraphs, sentences, clauses, or phrases be declared unconstitutional, invalid, or ineffective. SECTION 5. Project Recommendation. The Planning Commission hereby recommends to the Palm Desert City Council approval of Case No. ZOA24-0001 as depicted in Exhibit A, attached hereto; and SECTION 6. Execution of Resolution. The Chairperson of the Planning Commission signs this Resolution, and the Secretary to the Commission shall attest and certify the passage and adoption thereof. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, as follows: 1. That the above recitations are true and correct and constitute the findings for recommendation by the Planning Commission in this case. 2. That the Planning Commission does hereby recommend approval of Case No. ZOA24-0001 to the City Council. ADOPTED ON February 6, 2024. JOSEPH PRADETTO CHAIRPERSON ATTEST: RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP SECRETARY Page 119 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 4 I, Richard D. Cannone, AICP, Secretary of the City of Palm Desert, hereby certify that Resolution No. is a full, true, and correct copy, and was duly adopted at a regular meeting of the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert on February 6, 2024, by the following vote: AYES: NONE NOES: NONE ABSENT: NONE ABSTAIN: NONE RECUSED: NONE IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the City of Palm Desert, California, on February___, 2024. RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP SECRETARY Page 120 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 5 “EXHIBIT A” ZONING ORDINANCE AMENDMENT SECTION 1. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Chapter 25.42 is hereby added as follows. Chapter 25.42 MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS Sections: 25.42.010 – Purpose and intent 25.42.020 – Applicability 25.42.030 – Relationship to other standards and requirements 25.42.040 – Exceptions 25.42.050 – Review and decision 25.42.060 – Appeals 25.42.070 – Post-decision procedure 25.42.010 - Purpose and intent This chapter is intended to establish and apply objective design standards to new multi-family residential and mixed- use development projects within the City of Palm Desert where state law limits the City’s enforcement of design standards to objective standards or where state law or the Palm Desert Municipal Code requires a ministerial approval process, except for those projects described in Section 25.42.040. The purpose of this chapter is to: 1. Create high-quality, enforceable objective design standards. 2. Streamline the review and approval process for qualifying residential and mixed-use projects. 3. Ensure greater certainty for applicants, decision makers, residents, and the public. 4. Enhance the existing character and to maintain compatibility with other established uses within the City as new development and property improvements occur. 5. Continue to ensure the highest level of design quality while allowing for appropriate flexibility to create variation as needed. 6. Create objective design standards that involve no personal or subjective judgement, verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion. 7. Facilitate the implementation of the Palm Desert General Plan. 8. Update standards on a timely basis to respond to new legislative actions. 25.42.020 - Applicability Page 121 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 6 1. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all new multi-family residential and mixed- use development projects located within the following base zoning districts: A. Mixed Residential District (R-2). B. Multifamily Residential District (R-3). C. Planned Residential District (PR). D. Office Professional (OP). E. Planned Commercial (PC). F. Public/Institutional (P) G. Specialty Commercial Center (PC-1). H. District Commercial Center (PC-2). I. Regional Commercial Center (PC-3). J. Resort Commercial Center (PC-4). 2. The provisions of this chapter shall apply where state law or the Palm Desert Municipal Code requires a ministerial approval process. 3. The City of Palm Desert Objective Design Standards are hereby adopted and incorporated by reference herein, and as adopted by the City Council and amended from time to time. 25.42.030 - Relationship to other standards and requirements The City of Palm Desert intends this chapter to establish reasonable, uniform and comprehensive standards and procedures for multi-family residential and mixed housing development within applicable areas, consistent with and to the extent permitted under federal and state law. The standards and procedures contained in this chapter are intended to, and should be applied to, protect and promote public health, safety and welfare, and also balance the benefits that flow from robust, comprehensive housing development with the City’s local values, which include, without limitation, the aesthetic character of the City, its neighborhoods and community. The provisions of this chapter are intended to supersede other chapters and design guidelines, except as noted below: 1. Standards for Applicable Zoning District. The Objective Design Standards supplement and are in addition to the development standards for the applicable zoning district in which a proposed project is located. 2. Subdivision Regulations. Title 26 establishes regulations for the subdivision of land throughout the City of Palm Desert. Where conflict exists between the Objective Design Standards and the provisions of Title 26, the Objective Design Standard shall govern. 3. Relation to Other Regulations. Where a conflict occurs between the requirements of the Objective Design Standards and other city requirements, the more restrictive provisions shall apply. 4. The Objective Design Standards provide language, diagrams, sketches, and graphics to assist developers and the public in understanding the standards and how they shall be applied to qualifying residential projects. Page 122 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 7 25.42.40 Exceptions A. Projects seeking to deviate from or to not comply with the Objective Design Standards are required to obtain Design Review approval by the Architectural Review Commission pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 25.68, prior to obtaining approval by the Planning Commission. B. Exempt Housing Projects. The provisions of this chapter are not applicable to: 1. Single-family detached homes. 2. Single-family detached homes as part of a major subdivision. 3. Duplex homes. 4. Accessory dwelling units pursuant to Section 25.34.030. 5. Two-unit projects pursuant to Section 25.34.080. 6. Renovations, additions, or expansions of existing residential buildings. i. Where an addition or expansion of existing residential multi-family and mixed use residential is greater than 50% of the existing floor area, the site plan shall comply with the Objective Design Standards for landscaping. 7. Mixed-use projects with less than two-thirds of the building square footage dedicated to housing. 8. Housing developed within Specific Plans which have adopted Objective Design Standards as a part of the Specific Plan. If the Specific Plan silent regarding a standard, the ODS shall govern. 25.42.50 Review and decision procedure 1. The Director shall be the review authority for any Objective Design Review approval for projects subject to the Objective Design Standards. Land use approval of any entitlement required in conjunction of the Objective Design Review shall be made by the review authority identified in Chapter 25.60 – Procedures. 2. The applicant shall submit all materials required by the Director, including any materials required by checklists created for the review process. 3. The Director shall evaluate the application based on the project’s conformance with the Objective Development and Design Standards. 4. In approving an Objective Design Review subject to Objective Design Standards, the Director may impose conditions of approval as deem ed necessary to: a. Ensure that the proposal conforms to the general plan and other applicable plans, or policies adopted by the City Council and or additional discretionary approvals. b. Ensure that the proposal meets the requirements of the zoning district where the proposal is located, as well as any other applicable provisions of the Development Code; and c. Comply with the objective design standards as adopted within, or by reference in Section 25.42. 25.42.060 – Appeals Page 123 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 8 The Design Review for residential projects utilizing Objective Design Standards are evaluated under a ministerial review process for conformance with this section. The review authority may restrict or deny a proposed residential design if they determine that the design is not consistent with the Objective Design Standards. The appeal will be heard by the Planning Commission and shall be subject to a review by the Architectural Review Commission consistent with the Design Review process and the requirements of Chapter 25.68. 25.42.070 Post-decision procedures The procedures and requirements relating to appeals, project revisions, issuance of a building permit, effective dates, lapse of approval, extensions, and revocations located in Chapter 25.60 – Procedures shall apply following the decision on an application for an Objective Design Review. To the extent any state law limits the total number of public hearings that may be held on a project, including appeals, the Planning Commission shall have the discretion, to refer the appeal directly to the Council for a decision. SECTION 2. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.10.030 is hereby amended as follows: 25.10.030 Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements Table 25.10-1 “Use Matrix for Residential Districts” below identifies land uses and corresponding permit requirements for residential districts and all other provisions of this title. Descriptions/definitions of the land uses can be found in Chapter 25.99 (Definitions). The Special Use Provisions column in the table identifies the specific chapter or section where additional regulations for that use type are located within this title. Use regulations in the table are shown with a representative symbol by use classification listing: “P” symbolizes uses permitted by right, “A” symbolizes uses that require approval of an administrative use permit, “C” symbolizes uses that require approval of a conditional use permit, and “N” symbolizes uses that are not permitted. Uses that are not listed are not permitted. However, the Commission may make a use determination as outlined in Section 25.72.020 (Use Determinations). Table 25.10-1: Use Matrix for Residential Districts Residential Zoning District (P=Permitted; A=Administrative Use Permit; L=Large Family Day Care Use Permit; C=Conditional Use Permit; N=Not Permitted) RE R-1 R-2 R-3 R-1M HPR PR Special Use Provisions Residential Uses Assisted living N C C C N N C Accessory dwelling unit P P P P P N P 25.34.030 Condominium N N C C N N C 25.42 Dwelling, duplex N N P P N N N Dwelling, multifamily N N P P N N C 25.10.040.A / 25.42 Dwelling, second P P P P N P P 25.34.030 Page 124 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 9 Residential Zoning District (P=Permitted; A=Administrative Use Permit; L=Large Family Day Care Use Permit; C=Conditional Use Permit; N=Not Permitted) RE R-1 R-2 R-3 R-1M HPR PR Special Use Provisions Dwelling, single-family P P P N N P P Farmworker housing N N N N N N N Group home P P P N N P P 25.10.040.B Guest dwelling P P P N N P P Home-based business P P P P P P P 25.34.020 Junior accessory dwelling unit P P P P P N P 25.34.030 Manufactured home parks N N N N C N N Planned unit development, residential N N C C N C C 25.10.040.C Transitional and supportive housing see Note 1 25.42 Agriculture-Related Uses Apiary P P P N N P P 25.34.170 Botanical conservatory A N N N N N N Crops and horticulture, limited A N N N N N N Domestic animals P P P P P P P Garden, private P P P P P P P Greenhouse, commercial C N N N N N N Greenhouse, private P P P A A P P Horticulture, private P P P P P P P Kennel C N N N N N C 25.10.040.D Livestock raising, noncommercial C N N N N N N Nursery C N N N N N N Orchard A N N N N N N Stable, boarding A N N N N N N 25.10.040.E Stable, private A N N N N N N 25.10.040.E Recreation, Resource Preservation, Open Space, and Public Assembly Uses Cemetery N N N N N N C Community facility N N N N N N C Club, private N N C C N N C Crematory N N N N N N N Day care, large family P P P P P P P Day care, small family P P P P P P P Institution, educational2 C C C C C N C Institution, general2 N N N C N N C Institution, religious C C C C N N C Public park P P P P P P P Recreational use, commercial N N N N N N C 25.10.040.G Recreational vehicle park N N N N C N C Recreation facility, commercial N N N N N N N Recreation facility, incidental C C C C C N C 25.10.040.H Recreation facility, private P N N P P N P Recreation facility, public C C C C C N C Utility, Transportation, Public Facility, and Communication Uses Electric substation N N N N N N N Fire station C C C C N N C Public service facility C C C C C N N Public utility C C C C C N N Utility facility N N N N N N C Retail, Service, and Office Uses Bed and breakfast C N N C N N N Commercial parking lot N C N C N N N 25.10.040.I Condominium hotel, converted N N C C N N C Page 125 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 10 Residential Zoning District (P=Permitted; A=Administrative Use Permit; L=Large Family Day Care Use Permit; C=Conditional Use Permit; N=Not Permitted) RE R-1 R-2 R-3 R-1M HPR PR Special Use Provisions Hospital N N C C N N C Hotel N N N C N N C 25.10.040.J Neighborhood government office N N C C N N N 25.10.040.K Office parking lot N C C C N N N 25.10.040.L Professional office N N C C N N N 25.10.040.M Resort hotel N N N C N N C 25.10.040.J Timeshares N N N N N N C Temporary Uses See Section 25.34.080 Notes: 1. Transitional and supportive housing shall be subject to only those restrictions that apply to other residential uses of the same type in the same zone. 2. Trade schools are not permitted. Section 3 – Section 25.10.050 SECTION 3. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.10.040 is hereby amended as follows: 25.10.040 Specific Use Standards A. Multifamily. Multifamily dwelling units are permitted within the R-2 district up to a maximum of 10 dwelling units per acre, or as indicated on the zoning map. Multifamily dwelling units are permitted within the R-3 district at densities between 7 and 40 dwelling units per acre, or as indicated on the zoning map. All new multifamily uses, mixed-use residential, and attached condominiums must comply with the requirements of 25.42 – Objective Design Standards. SECTION 4. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.16.030 is hereby amended as follows: 25.16.030 Allowed Land Uses and Permit Requirements Table 25.16-1 (Use Matrix for Commercial and Industrial Districts) identifies allowed uses and corresponding permit requirements for commercial and industrial districts and all other provisions of this title. Descriptions/definitions of the land uses can be found in Chapter 25.99 (Definitions). The “Special Use Provisions” column in the table identifies Page 126 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 11 the specific chapter or section where additional regulations for the specific use type are located within this title. Use regulations in the table are shown with representative symbols by use class ification listing: “P” symbolizes uses permitted by right, “A” symbolizes uses that require approval of an administrative use permit, “C” symbolizes uses that require approval of a conditional use permit, and “N” symbolizes uses that are not permitted. Uses that are not listed are not permitted. However, the Commission may make a use determination as outlined in Section 25.72.020 (Use Determinations). Table 25.16-1: Use Matrix for Commercial and Industrial Districts Commercial/Industrial District (P=Permitted; A=Administrative Use Permit; C=Conditional Use Permit; N=Not Permitted) OP PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 PC-4 SI Special Use Provisions Residential Uses Caretaker housing N N N N N P 25.16.040.A Condominium C C C N C C 25.16.040.B / 25.42 Dwelling, duplex C C C C C C 25.16.040.B Dwelling, multifamily C C C C C C 25.16.040.B / 25.42 Dwelling, single-family C C C N C C 25.16.040.B Group home C C N N C C 25.16.040.B / 25.42 Single-room occupancies N N N N N C Homeless shelter N N N N N P Recreation, Resource Preservation, Open Space, and Public Assembly Uses Amusement facility, indoors N N C C C N Amusement facility, outdoors N N N C C N Community facility N N N N N P Day care center N A A A A N Emergency shelters N P N N N P Entertainment facility, indoor N N N P P N Entertainment facility, outdoor N N N P P N Institution, educational C C C N N C Institution, general C N C N N C Institution, religious C N C N N C Open space (developed or natural) N P P N P N Recreation facility, commercial N N P P P N Recreation facility, private N N N P P N Theater/auditorium N N P P N N Utility, Transportation, Public Facility, and Communication Uses Commercial communication tower C C C C C C 25.16.040.C Commercial parking lot C N N N N N Public utility installation N N N N N P Public facility (utility or service) N N N N N P Utility facility N N C N N P Retail, Service, and Office Uses Accessory massage establishment P N P P P N 25.34.160 Adult entertainment N N N N N C 25.16.040.D Page 127 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 12 Commercial/Industrial District (P=Permitted; A=Administrative Use Permit; C=Conditional Use Permit; N=Not Permitted) OP PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 PC-4 SI Special Use Provisions Ancillary commercial A P P P N A 25.16.040.E Art gallery A P P P P C Art studio A P P P P C Bed and breakfast N A A A A N Business support services N N N N P P Cannabis retail N C C C C N 25.34.120 Cannabis testing and research laboratory C N N N N C 25.34.120 Convention and visitors bureau N N P N P N Drugstore N P P P N N Financial institution C P P P N N Grocery store N P P P N N 25.16.040.F Health club, gyms or studios N A P P P A Hotel N A A A P N 25.34.070 Independent stand-alone massage N N P P N N 25.34.160 Liquor store N P P P N N Liquor, beverage and food items shop N P P P P N Medical, clinic P N P P N N Medical, office P P P P N N Medical, hospital N N N N N C Medical, laboratory P N N N N P Medical office, accessory N N N N N P 25.16.040.G Medical, research facility P P N N N C Mortuary N N N N N P Office, professional P N P P P P Office, local government P N N N N P Office, travel agency P P P P P N Outdoor sales N N A A A A Personal services N P P P P N Restaurant A A A A P A 25.16.040.E / H Retail N P P P P N Retail, bulky items N N N P P N Spa N N P P P N Time-share project N N N C C N Veterinary clinics/animal hospitals A N A A N A Pet boarding N A A A N A Automobile and Vehicle Uses Automotive rental agency N N N N P P Automotive gasoline station N N C C N C 25.34.090 Automotive service facility N N C C N P 25.34.090 Automotive sales new and used (outdoor/indoor) N N N N N C (outdoor) A (indoor) Automotive sales of accessory parts and supplies N N N P P N Vehicle storage facility N N N N N P 25.16.040.I Industrial, Manufacturing, and Processing Uses Cannabis cultivation N N N N N C 25.34.120 Cannabis delivery N N N N N C 25.34.120 Cannabis distribution N N N N N C 25.34.120 Page 128 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 13 Commercial/Industrial District (P=Permitted; A=Administrative Use Permit; C=Conditional Use Permit; N=Not Permitted) OP PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 PC-4 SI Special Use Provisions Cannabis manufacturing N N N N N C 25.34.120 Industrial planned unit development N N N N N P Light industrial and research and development N N N N N P Maintenance facility N N N N N P Pest control facility N N N N N P Preparation of foodstuffs N N N N N P Production of home and office decor accessories N N N N N P Warehouse or storage facility N N N N N P Temporary Uses See Section 25.34.080 1 The establishment may be permitted with an administrative use permit but may be elevated to a conditional use permit at the discretion of the ZA based on: parking, traffic, or other impacts. SECTION 5. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.16.040(B) is hereby amended as follows: B. Residential (mixed use). Residential uses may be established and maintained to be compatible with the permitted or the approved conditional uses in the vicinity. Residential uses may be conditionally approved in a mixed-use development subject to a conditional use permit to review for compatibility with existing use in the vicinity. All new multifamily or mixed- use developments shall be subject to Chapter 25.42. SECTION 6. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.60.070 is hereby amended as follows: 25.60.070 Approving Authority A. Designated approving authority. The approving authority as designated in Table 25.60-1 (Approving Authority for Land Use Permits/Entitlements) shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny the proposed land use or development permit or entitlement in accordance with the requirements of this title. Table 25.60-1 identifies recommending (R), final (F), and appeal (A) authorities for each permit or entitlement. In acting on a permit, the approving authority shall make all required findings. Table 25.60-1: Approving Authority for Land Use Permits/Entitlements Type of Entitlement, Permit, or Decision ZA Director ARC PC CC Residential remodels and additions F A A F Certificates of use and occupancy F A A Page 129 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 14 Temporary use permits F A A Home-based business permits F A A Large family day care use permits F F RR Adjustments F A F RR Administrative use permits F F RR Reasonable accommodation F A F RR Design Reviews R F A Objective Design Review F R A2 A Sign design review R F A Zoning decision F A A Use determinations R F A Precise plans R R1 F A Development plans R R1 F A Conditional use permits R R1 F A Condominium conversion permits R F A Variances R R1 F A Planned community developments R R1 R F Amendments—Zoning ordinance R R F Amendments—Zoning map R R F Prezoning for annexed areas R R F Development agreements R R F General Plan updates R R F Director=Director of Community Development, ZA=Zoning Administrator, ARC=Architectural Review Commission, PC=Planning Commission, CC=City Council, R=Review Body, F=Final Decision (unless appealed), A=Appeal Body, and RR=Request Review only. Footnote: 1. A final determination is made by the ARC for design-related decisions as specified in Chapter 25.68 (Decisions by the Architectural Review Commission). 2. All appeals of the Director’s determination shall be made to the Planning Commission and shall be subject to a discretionary review by the ARC subject to Section 25.68.040 Findings of the ARC, in addition to other appeal findings required by this Title. SECTION 7. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.68.020 is hereby amended as follows: 25.68.020 Design Review Required A. Purpose and applicability. Design review allows for specified projects to be reviewed by the ARC to ensure that design objectives of Palm Desert as specified in the General Plan are achieved. Design review is required, as follows: Page 130 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 15 1. Prior to permit issuance. No plan, elevation for buildings or structures, or alterations shall be approved and no permit shall be issued for any building, structure, sign, or other development of property or appurtenances or alterations thereto, except in single-family residential districts and developments subject to Objective Design Standards requirements of Chapter 25.42, without review and approval by the ARC. 2. The ARC shall review all plans submitted with applications for moving buildings within or into the City. Photographs shall be included with the application showing all elevations, the structure proposed to be moved, the proposed site, and the buildings adjacent to the proposed site. The ARC shall determine whether the building proposed to be moved will fit harmoniously into the neighborhood wherein it is to be located. It may approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the issuance of a permit to move such building. 3. The ARC shall review all plans for new two-story residential dwellings and second story additions within the R-2 Zoning District as required by Table 25.10-3 (Residential Zoning District Development Standards) to ensure second stories are compatible with surrounding homes including massing, materials, and considers privacy of adjacent neighbors. B. The ARC design review shall include the following: 1. The mass and bulk of the design should be reasonably compatible with the predominant neighborhood pattern. New construction should not be disproportionately larger than, or out of scale with, the neighborhood pattern in terms of building forms, roof pitches, eave heights, ridge heights, and entry feature heights. 2. Placement of windows and doors should have minimal impact to the neighboring property. 3. Line of sight analysis shall be provided. 4. To mitigate privacy impacts of new two-story homes and additions, tree and/or shrub planting is required. a. Applicability. These requirements shall apply to new two -story homes, two-story additions, and/or new windows on existing two-story homes that increase privacy impacts on neighboring residents. 5. Planting plan. Proposals for new two-story homes, two-story additions, and/or new windows on existing two-story homes shall be accompanied by a planting plan which identifies the location, species and canopy diameter of existing and proposed trees or shrubs to meet the requirements. (Ord. 1383 § 2, 2022; Ord. 1259 § 1, 2013) Page 131 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 16 SECTION 8. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.68.030 is hereby amended as follows: 25.68.030 Exceptions to ARC Review A. Minor modifications. When in the opinion of the ZA, the approval of an application for a minor or insignificant permit does not defeat the purposes and objectives of this chapter, they may grant the permit without submitting the matter to the ARC for its approval, notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter. B. Staff’s review of a single-family residence. Department staff shall review applications for the issuance of a building permit for a dwelling in the single-family and residential estate zones. The staff, on its own initiative, may forward such a request to the ARC for action. (Ord. 1393 § 28, 2023; Ord. 1259 § 1, 2013) C. Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards. New developments which are subject to Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards shall comply with the review and decision procedure requirements of Chapter 25.42. SECTION 9. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.72.030(E) is hereby amended as follows: E. Review criteria. Any such precise plan of design may be rejected, approved, modified and approved, or approved subject to conditions. Any such precise plan of design after approval may be amended, in the same manner as a precise plan of design is first approved under this chapter. The following criteria apply: 1. In the approval or rejection of a precise plan of design, consideration shall be given and restrictions shall be imposed to the extent necessary, in view of the size and shape of the parcel and the present and proposed zoning and use of the subject property and the surrounding property, to permit the same degree of enjoyment of the subject property, but subject to the same degree of protection of adjoining properties, as would be accorded in normal circumstances by the standard restrictions imposed by this chapter. The standard restrictions imposed in the various zones by this chapter are intended as minimum restrictions necessary in normal circumstances to prevent substantial depreciation of property values in the vicinity and unreasonable interference with the use and enjoyment of property in the vicinity by the occupants thereof for lawful purposes, and for the protection of the public peace, health, safety, and general welfare. “Normal circumstances” are intended to refer to the case of a permitted case upon a lot of a normal size and shape surrounded by property in the same zone as the lot in question. 2. If the proposed precise plan of design would substantially depreciate property values in the vicinity or would unreasonably interfere with the use or enjoyment of Page 132 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION RESOLUTION NO. 2851 17 property in the vicinity by the occupants thereof for lawful purposes or w ould endanger the public peace, health, safety, or general welfare, such plan shall be rejected or shall be so modified or conditioned before adoption as to remove said objections. 3. If required, the design review approval by the ARC (Section 25.68.020, Design Review Required), or Objective Design Review approval by the Director (Section 25.42 Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards) must be obtained prior to the precise plan review by the Commission. SECTION 9. Amendment to Palm Desert Municipal Code. Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 25.99.020 is hereby amended to add the following definitions Objective Design Standards. The most recently adopted Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards document approved by the City Council. Mixed-Use. A mixing of uses in a development project either with in a vertical manner with residential over commercial, retail, office, or institutional uses, or a mixing of uses in a development project or with neighboring structures. Page 133 of 259 Page 134 of 259 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards CITY OF PALM DESERT DECEMBER 2023 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 135 of 259 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS City Council Mayor Kathleen Kelly Mayor Pro Tem Karina Quintanilla Council Member Gina Nestande Council Member Jan Harnik Council Member Evan Trubee Planning Commission Commissioner Nancy DeLuna Commissioner John Greenwood Commissioner Ron Gregory Commissioner Lindsay Holt Commissioner Joseph Pradetto Architectural Review Commission Commissioner James Blakely Commissioner Dean Wallace Colvard Commissioner Nicholas Latkovic Commissioner Michael McAuliffe Commissioner James McIntosh Commissioner Francisco Sanchez Commissioner John Vuksic City Staff Richard D. Cannone, AICP, Director of Development Services Nick Melloni, AICP, Principal Planner Carlos Flores, Senior Planner Consultant Team John Kaliski Architects, Inc. Tajima Open Design Office Environmental Science Associates Exhibit B Page 136 of 259 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4 BUILDING ARCHITECTURE ODS 25 4.1 Building Height 26 4.2 Building Length 27 4.3 Building Modulation 28 4.4 Building Roofs 31 4.5 Building Materials 33 4.6 Building Openings, Multifamily 34 4.7 Building Openings, Mixed-Use 35 4.8 Building Windows 35 4.9 Building Balconies and Stairwells 36 4.10 Building Utilities 36 4.11 Building Facade Colors 37 4.12 Building Water Drainage Devices 37 4.13 Building Trash/Recycling Bins and Enclosures 38 4.14 Building Design Components 38 5 PARKING ODS 41 5.1 Surface Parking Design 42 5.2 Mechanical Parking 43 5.3 Parking Shelters 44 5.4 Parking Garages 44 5.5 Bicycle Parking 45 6 ODS COMPLIANCE CHECKLISTS 47 Multifamily Compliance Checklist 48 Mixed-Use Compliance Checklist 76 7 GLOSSARY 105 A APPENDIX 109 A-1 Project Outreach 110 A-2 Image Sources 117 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 What are Objective Design Standards (ODS)? 2 1.2 Palm Desert Setting and Character 3 1.3 Multifamily and Mixed-Use ODS Goals and Objectives 4 1.4 Multifamily and Mixed-Use Housing in Palm Desert 5 1.5 Applicability 6 1.6 How to Use the Standards 7 2 PROJECT SITE ODS 9 2.1 Project Frontage 10 2.2 Project Orientation 10 2.3 Project Fences and Walls 11 2.4 Project Entries 12 2.5 Project Sidewalks and Pathways 13 2.6 Project Curb Cuts, Vehicular 15 2.7 Project Alleys 16 3 LANDSCAPE & OPEN SPACE ODS 17 3.1 Site Landscaping 18 3.2 Landscape Islands 18 3.3 Canopy Trees 18 3.4 Specimen Trees 19 3.5 Shrubs and Perennials 20 3.6 Inorganic Groundcover 21 3.7 Boulders 21 3.8 On-Site Lighting 21 3.9 Passive and Active Amenities 22 Exhibit B Page 137 of 259 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 This page is intentionally blank. Exhibit B Page 138 of 259 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 What are Objective Design Standards (ODS)? 1.2 Palm Desert Setting and Character 1.3 Multifamily and Mixed-Use ODS Goals and Objectives 1.4 Multifamily and Mixed-Use Housing in Palm Desert 1.5 Applicability 1.6 How to Use the Standards 1CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 139 of 259 2 Chapter 1: Introduction City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 1.1 What are Objective Design Standards (ODS)? Design standards regulate development intensity, style, mass, bulk, and orientation. “Objective design standards” (ODS) are defined under State of California (State) law as “standards that involve no personal or subjective judgement by a public official and are uniformly verifiable by reference to an external and uniform benchmark or criterion available and knowable by both the development applicant or proponent and the public official prior to submittal” (California Government Code, Section 65913.4). The City of Palm Desert (‘City’ or ‘Palm Desert’) has traditionally relied on a combination of design guidelines and discretionary design review by the Architectural Review Commission at regularly scheduled public meetings to regulate the design of projects, including housing developments such as multifamily and mixed-use projects, to ensure development met community design expectations. The City has developed objective design standards to support and guide the development of housing throughout Palm Desert. The ODS in this policy must comply with recent State legislation which has been adopted to reduce obstacles to housing production and streamline the approval of projects that include multifamily housing - projects with buildings that contain three or more dwelling units, apartments, and mixed-use projects that include a residential component. Senate Bill 35 and Senate Bill 330, gone into effect in 2018 and 2020 respectively, have disallowed the use of “should” statements that require additional discretionary review, such as the review of an architectural review body, if the prospective project otherwise meets all of the City’s zoning standards. Since the adoption of this legislation, multifamily and mixed-use developments may now only be approved utilizing quantifiable, measurable, and objective design standards or “shall” policies. For instance, a design standard that states, “No facade shall exceed 36 feet in length without at least a two-foot planar offset that is a minimum of six feet in length,” establishes a “yes” or “no” evaluative criteria for both the applicant or City of Palm Desert Staff (Staff) that respectively design or review a prospective project. Per State legislation, if a project with a multifamily or mixed-use residential component meets the criteria of the design standard, all other objective planning criteria are met, and the project does not otherwise trigger a discretionary review (e.g. a tract map review and approval), Staff must approve the project. Given the requirements described above, and that many projects are by-right and do not require discretionary actions, it is key that the design values and policies of a city be reflected in quantifiable design standards that are utilized by a city’s staff to ministerially approve projects. The ODS of this policy align with Palm Desert’s design goals and establish a measurable and quantifiable basis for ministerial design approvals that help designers, applicants, and City reviewers ensure that new multifamily and mixed-use developments conserve and enhance this community’s setting and character. Exhibit B Page 140 of 259 3CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 1.2 Palm Desert Setting and Character The City of Palm Desert is situated on a gently downward-sloping, north-to-south geographic plane in the Coachella Valley. Set in a low northwestern extension of the Sonoran Desert, the City’s climate is warm throughout the year and hottest from May through October. Days are typically clear and cloudless with bright sunshine. Though there is typically little rain, there is potential for flooding during winter and summer storms. Strong prevailing winds typically blow in from west to east from mid-March through mid- July, and from north to south from mid-November through mid-February. The City enjoys views of high mountains to the south, west, and north, with snow caps visible at the highest elevations during the winter months. While water-intensive lawns and non- native plants do well in the sunny environment, given increasing water scarcity and long-term predictions of drought, drought-tolerant and native fauna increasingly define newer landscapes. The City’s General Plan, adopted in 2016, defines and establishes many guiding themes regarding the design character of future development in this City’s desert environment. Design-centric goals from the General Plan that shape this overarching planning policy document include: • The protection and enhancement of natural surroundings. • Accessibility and connectivity. • Planning and designing at a moderate density and scale so that the pedestrian experience is the primary focus. More specific General Plan design-oriented goals, such as high-quality landscaping, walkable block lengths, neighborhood transitions and scale, and shaded sidewalks are also addressed by the design standards found within this policy. Golf course in Palm Desert. Exhibit B Page 141 of 259 4 Chapter 1: Introduction City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 1.3 Multifamily and Mixed-Use ODS Goals and Objectives To achieve a best, safe, comfortable, and energy-efficient fit between the natural desert circumstance of Palm Desert and its newer buildings, landscapes, and human environments, new multifamily and mixed-use projects shall be shaped by design standards that incorporate understandings of this community’s unique environmental, geographic, and climatic place factors. The following objectives to shape the development of new multifamily and mixed- use design standards were based upon this environmental design goal and formulated through a three-month public outreach process that included input from local residents, builders, and members of the Architectural Review Commission, Planning Commission, and City Council (See Appendix A-1: Public Outreach). 1. Link new multifamily and mixed-use structures to the natural environment through optimized building design that conserves or opens onto mountain views from public open spaces and rights-of-way. 2. Create human-scale connectivity between new multifamily and mixed-use projects, the outdoor environment, and existing buildings and neighborhoods through project design that supports walkability, alternative transit uses including bicycles and transit stops, and safe, pedestrian- oriented sidewalks and pathways. 3. Design building environments with open space and landscapes that provides shade and protection from the desert sun and wind. 4. Orient new multifamily and mixed- use structures to existing and new street frontages, sidewalks, and the prevailing settings of existing districts, neighborhoods, and buildings. 5. Utilize native and/or drought-tolerant landscape as an integral design component of new multifamily and mixed- use projects, particularly within passive and active recreational open spaces, along parkways, pathways and public sidewalks, at buffers abutting adjacent sites, and at parking areas. 6. Plant shade trees with each new multifamily and mixed use project to reduce the impact of urbanized heat islands, foster walkability, outdoor gathering, and comfort. 7. Reflect the local desert environment through use of architectural details that provide shelter from direct sunlight and prevailing winds, as well as use of materials and colors that are seen in local natural settings. The multifamily and mixed-use design standards of this policy are based upon the above goal and objectives. Use of this policy’s design standards by applicants as they plan and design projects will foster, new building by new building, a consistently applicable design quality related to General Plan policies, a greater desert-oriented integration of architecture with the City’s desert setting, and increased project-by-project identity that enhances the value of Palm Desert’s built environment. Exhibit B Page 142 of 259 5CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 1.4 Multifamily and Mixed-Use Housing in Palm Desert The Palm Desert Municipal Code defines any project that includes three or more units as a multifamily development. Home to a range of multifamily housing types, from triplexes surrounding the downtown area to medium- density apartments and higher-intensity planned developments to the north of the City’s core, future multifamily residential developments will best maintain a high-quality standard of design through use of massing and scale, architectural components, details, landscape, materials and colors that grow out of an appreciation of and fit with the Sonoran Desert surrounds. The Multifamily Typology Transect (Figure 1) illustrates a range of housing types that fit the Palm Desert context, from the Downtown area with its infill parcels to larger undeveloped parcels. The transect begins with triplexes and increases incrementally to include quadplexes, attached townhomes, then courtyard, garden and tuck-under apartments, and finally higher-intensity residential multiplexes that are no taller than three stories. Any multifamily typology of higher density is not generally applicable in Palm Desert unless achieved through allowed housing bonuses that provide for affordable housing. Figure 1: Multifamily Typology Transect. Single-Family Low-Intensity High-Intensity High-intensity multifamily is not applicable in Palm Desert. Duplexes are not considered multifamily in Palm Desert. TRIPLEX • Three dwelling units on a lot • 2-3 stories • Units may be side-by-side and/or one over the other TOWNHOMES • 5+ dwelling units • 2-3 stories • Separate single-family dwellings that are closely spaced, semi-attached, or attached QUADPLEX • Four dwelling units on a lot • 2-4 stories • Units may be side-by-side and/or one over the other COURTYARD, TUCK-UNDER, AND GARDEN APARTMENTS • 2-3 stories • Parking typically underneath a portion of living spaces in both open and closed configurations or underground RESIDENTIAL MULTIPLEX, LOW • 3 stories maximum, up to 35 ft. • Parking typically at-grade, units may be wrapped in front of parking to hide automobiles Exhibit B Page 143 of 259 6 Chapter 1: Introduction City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 1.5 Applicability The ODS of this policy shall apply to Qualifying Housing Development projects identified by California Government Code Section 65559.5. Qualified Housing Developments include: • Multi-family housing developments. • Residential Mixed-Use Housing developments with a minimum of two-thirds of (⅔) the square footage designated for residential use. • Supportive and transitional housing development. The ODS of this policy shall also apply to said housing developments located in the following Palm Desert zoning designations: • Mixed Residential District (R-2). • Multifamily Residential District (R-3). • Planned Residential District (PR). • Office Professional (OP). • Planned Commercial (PC). • Specialty Commercial Center (PC-1). • District Commercial Center (PC-2). • Regional Commercial Center (PC-3). • Resort Commercial Center (PC-4). The ODS are not applicable to the Downtown District (D), Downtown Core Overlay District (D.O.), Downtown Edge District (D.E.), and Downtown Edge Transition Overlay (D.E.-O) zones, nor do they apply to single-family homes, duplexes, accessory dwelling units, or projects approved pursuant to Senate Bill 9. This policy also does not apply to non-residential development. Mixed-use developments, while not a prevalent typology in Palm Desert, are allowed in multiple land uses per the City’s General Plan, including all of the City’s “Centers”, the “Town Center Neighborhood”, and the “Regional Retail District” designations. The Mixed-Use Typology Transect (Figure 2) defines a range of typical mixed-use building types that may be approved in Palm Desert, starting with lower-intensity live-work projects followed by horizontal and vertical mixed-use typologies. In Palm Desert, the tallest vertical mixed-use precedent is a five-story design only permitted at key intersections in the City Center/Downtown area and not applicable to this policy. Figure 2: Mixed-Use Typology Transect. LIVE/WORK • 5+ dwelling units on a lot • 2-3 stories • A single unit consisting of both a commercial/office and a residential component occupied by the same resident HORIZONTAL MIXED-USE • 2-3 stories • A development consisting of 2+ attached or detached buildings of different uses within the same project area VERTICAL MIXED-USE, LOW • 3-4 stories, maximum 35 ft. • Subterranean parking or above-grade parking with architectural treatments to screen cars VERTICAL MIXED-USE, MEDIUM • 5 stories, maximum 60 ft. • Subterranean parking or above-grade parking with architectural treatments to screen cars High-intensity mixed-use is not applicable in Palm Desert. Five-story designs are only permitted at key intersections in the Downtown area and are not applicable to this policy. Low-Intensity High-Intensity Exhibit B Page 144 of 259 7CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 If a residential development project with three or more units, or a mixed-use project with at least two-thirds (⅔) of the gross floor area square footage dedicated to housing, or a supportive/ transitional housing project is located in a Specific Plan area or Overlay District, the ODS of this policy shall only apply if objective design standards particular to the Specific Plan or Overlay District area have not been adopted. When a design standard of this policy is more restrictive than a design standard that addresses the same criteria as noted in Title 25 of the Municipal Code, then the more restrictive standard of this policy shall prevail. When a design standard of this policy is less restrictive than a design standard that addresses the same criteria as noted in Title 25 of the Municipal Code, then the more restrictive standard of the Municipal Code shall prevail. 1.6 How to Use the Standards This policy is a primary design reference and tool to use when designing new multifamily or mixed- use projects in Palm Desert. The design standards of this policy assist project applicants and their designer’s understanding of the minimum design standards that shall be met. The ODS are described in Chapters 2-5 and are organized as follows: • Chapter 2: Project Site Objective Design Standards, consisting of project orientation and frontage requirements. • Chapter 3: Open Space Objective Design Standards, defining landscape requirements, open space amenities, and fencing and walls bordering project sites. • Chapter 4: Building Architecture Objective Design Standards, focusing on building form, roofscapes, architectural components, and exterior materials and colors. • Chapter 5: Parking Design Standards, setting criteria for surface parking lots and parking garages. All multifamily and mixed-use projects that are by-right developments shall be in compliance with these standards. Compliance with the standards will help ensure a streamlined and consistent review and approval process by Staff. The below steps should be followed at the start of designing new projects. 1. Review the Palm Desert General Plan to understand the goals and policies for new development. 2. Review the Palm Desert Municipal Code to determine the applicable zoning code land use requirements that will shape the site and building design. 3. Review the design standards in Chapters 2-5 in this policy to identify the applicable design standards for a multifamily or mixed-use project. All ODS in this policy apply to both multifamily and mixed-use projects unless otherwise indicated in the specific standard. 4. Throughout the design process utilize the applicable checklist in Chapter 7, Objective Design Standards Compliance Checklists, to ensure that all design criteria are met before submission to the City for approval. To determine compliance with the ODS, Staff will use the same checklists to consistently review the City’s design standards in relation to by-right multifamily and mixed-use residential project applications. If a project application is determined to be in compliance with the objective design standards, Staff will approve or recommend approval of the project design. An approved Exhibit B Page 145 of 259 8 Chapter 1: Introduction City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 project design will still be subject to all other applicable code requirements before a building permit may be issued. Should a multifamily or mixed-use project not comply with one or more of the ODS, the project applicant may choose to proceed with one of the following actions: • Receive an explanation from Staff regarding the non-compliance, revise the building design to be in compliance, and resubmit their application for approval. • Choose a discretionary review process and meet with the Architectural Review Commission for project design approval. • Withdraw their application. Discretionary projects require approval from the Architectural Review Commission. The City of Palm Desert Director of Development Services may expand upon and/or regularly update the objective design standards in this policy as per their discretion. The removal of any objective design standards in this policy can only be decided upon by the Planning Commission or City Council. Exhibit B Page 146 of 259 9CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2 PROJECT SITE 2.1 Project Frontage 2.2 Project Orientation 2.3 Project Fences and Walls 2.4 Project Entries 2.5 Project Sidewalks and Pathways 2.6 Project Curb Cuts, Vehicular 2.7 Project Alleys 9CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS The intent of the following project site objective design standards is to enhance the pedestrian experience between multifamily and mixed-use developments and their public- facing frontages, prioritizing the orientation of buildings towards public streets, accessibility from public rights-of-way, and the versatility of bordering fences and walls. OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 147 of 259 10 Chapter 2: Project Site ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2.2 2.2 PROJECT ORIENTATION 2.2.1. Project orientation. Multifamily and mixed-use projects shall be oriented toward and overlook public streets. To determine that a multifamily or mixed-use project overlooks the public street, such projects shall incorporate a minimum of two of the following project orientation components. a. A landscaped setback that is a minimum of 20 feet deep as measured from the frontage property line, or greater as determined by the setback requirements in Title 25 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code. The landscaped setback shall be generally parallel to the project frontage and incorporate shade trees, planted a maximum of 30 feet on center, within the first 20 feet of depth along the public street frontage. b. At least one open space that is a minimum of 20 feet in depth as measured perpendicular to the public street, the size of which is in relation to the project’s total public street frontage length, per the table below. 2.1 2.1 PROJECT FRONTAGE 2.1.1. Maximum frontage length without break. Public street frontages longer than 450 feet in length shall be separated by a public or private street, alley, or a minimum 30-foot wide and open-to-the-sky landscaped open space inclusive of pedestrian pathways. Street Frontage Minimum Open Space Less than or equal to 150 feet 600 square feet Greater than 150 feet and less than 450 feet 1,500 square feet Greater than or equal to 450 feet 20% of the total frontage length times 25 feet PUBLIC STREET longer than 450’ 30’ min Building breaks along the public-facing street frontage create opportunities for circulation and connectivity on larger sites. See ODS 2.1.1. public or private street, alley, or open space ◄ This multifamily project is oriented towards and incorporates one open space facing the public street. See ODS 2.2.1(b).◄Exhibit B Page 148 of 259 11CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 c. Fences, walls, and/or permanent planter boxes greater than 42 inches in height shall not exceed 20 percent of the total length of the public street frontage. d. At the ground level of buildings generally parallel to and located within ten feet of a public-street-facing frontage setback: street-facing and covered pedestrian entities, stoops, and/or a minimum eight-foot-clear width and depth porches, open-to-the-air galleries, recesses, ramadas, and/or open arcades along a minimum of 20 percent of the public street frontage. 2.3 2.3 PROJECT FENCES AND WALLS 2.3.1. Fence and wall placement. Fences and walls on public-street- facing lots shall meet the placement requirements correlated to the project’s lot size, per the table below. Project Lot Size Fence and Wall Placement Requirements Less than or equal to 15,000 square feet No fence, wall, or pedestrian gate shall be placed within the required front yard setback. Greater than 15,000 feet and less than one acre No fence, wall, or gate shall be placed within the frontage setback along public streets. Fences, walls, and gates, placed to the rear of the frontage setback and greater than 42 inches in height, shall not exceed 60 percent of the total frontage length as measured along the setback line. Greater than or equal to one acre No fence, wall, or gate shall be placed within the frontage setback along public streets. Fences, walls, and gates, placed to the rear of the frontage setback and greater than 42 inches in height, shall not exceed 80 percent of the total frontage length as measured along the setback line. Lots in Palm Desert should not appear to be walled off from the public realm. See ODS 2.3.1.◄18” min 150’ max STREET fence or wall Modulating a perimeter fence or wall provides versatility at eye-level so that pedestrians are not walking alongside a flat wall. See ODS 2.3.2(b).◄Exhibit B Page 149 of 259 12 Chapter 2: Project Site ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2.3.2. Fence and wall modulation. Fences and walls shall incorporate at least one of the following modulation components. a. Change in material for every 150 lineal feet of fence or wall. b. Offset at least 18 inches or incorporate a pilaster not to exceed the height of the fence or wall by more than one foot for every 150 lineal feet of fence or wall. 2.3.3. Fence and wall materials. Fences and walls adjoining public streets or rights-of-way shall be constructed of the following materials or any combination of the following materials. a. Aluminum, painted. b. Brick. c. Concrete. d. Metal tube. e. Stone, face stone, and/or veneer stone. f. Wrought iron. Use of corrugated metal for fences is prohibited. 2.3.4. Rear and interior side yard fences and walls. All new residential construction shall include walls or fences of a minimum of 5 feet in height enclosing rear and interior side yards. 2.4 2.4 PROJECT ENTRIES 2.4.1. Publicly visible gate or door. At least one project entry shall be a publicly visible gate or door that provides direct entry to a building or open space, open-to-the-air plaza, patio, or courtyard. This project entry shall be within 60 feet of the curb of a public street or public vehicular drop off point. 1’ max 150’ max pilaster fence or wall Pilasters segment a perimeter fence or wall, also providing variety from the pedestrian perspective. See ODS 2.3.2(b). ◄ Exhibit B Page 150 of 259 13CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2.4.2. Number of project entries. The number of project entries to an indoor or outdoor area, lobby, and/or dwelling unit that is visible from the public street frontage shall be determined by the total length of public street frontage on a site, per the table below. Gates and doors into projects within close proximity of the public street create more connectivity into larger sites. See ODS 2.6.◄PUBLIC STREET / VEHICULAR DROP OFF POINT 60’ max building or open space gate or door pedestrian entry Total Length of Public Street Frontage Minimum Number of Project Entries Less than or equal to 150 feet 1 Greater than 150 feet and less than 450 feet 2 Greater than or equal to 450 feet 2 project entries for each 450 of total length up to a total length of 1,350 feet, after which there is no additional project entry requirement. 2.4.3. Pedestrian entrances. A minimum of one pedestrian entrance to the project shall be provided for each 450 feet of total frontage along public streets. 2.5 2.5 PROJECT SIDEWALKS AND PATHWAYS 2.5.1. Site connectivity, public sidewalks. All on-site buildings, entries, facilities, amenities, and vehicular and bicycle parking areas shall be internally connected by on-site sidewalks and as-needed pathways that may include use of the public sidewalk. 2.5.2. Site connectivity, public streets. Intersecting public and private streets, access drives, drive aisles, alleys, and marked crosswalks shall link to all public streets adjoining a project. On-site pathways connect entries into this multifamily project. See ODS 2.5.2.◄Exhibit B Page 151 of 259 14 Chapter 2: Project Site ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2.5.3. Sidewalk width. On-site sidewalks shall be at least four feet in unobstructed width. 2.5.4. Parkways. A minimum five-foot width parkway shall be provided along at least one side of all on-site sidewalks and pathways. 2.5.5. Landscape parkways. When an on-site sidewalk or pathway is provided within a required public street frontage or setback that is 20 feet or greater in depth, a minimum five-foot width landscape parkway shall be provided along both sides of the sidewalk or pathway. 2.5.6. Landscape parkway with ground-floor architectural component. Notwithstanding ODS 2.13 above, only one parkway is required at a project when at least one of the following architectural components is placed along 60 percent of the ground floor building frontage that adjoins a public street, required front yard, or public street frontage setback. a. Stoops. b. Minimum eight-foot clear depth porches. c. Arcades, galleries, and/or ramadas. d. Eight-foot minimum depth recesses. e. 30-inch minimum depth overhangs, trellises, and/or awnings. 2.5.7. Driveway access and sidewalks. Vehicular driveways that access any public right-of-way shall be adjoined by sidewalks with a four-foot-wide, curb-adjacent landscape area on at least one side of the vehicular access drive. Stoops, like the photo above, would permit buildings to only require one landscape parkway if the stoops constitute at least 60 percent of the ground floor frontage. See ODS 2.5.6(a).◄5’ min 4’ min 5’ min parkway sidewalk parkway 20’ or greater in depth This diagram shows a four-foot minimum on-site sidewalk (See ODS 2.5.3) within a public street frontage that is 20 feet or greater in depth (See ODS 2.5.5), resulting in a landscape parkway on both sides of the sidewalk and increased area for canopy tree shade. ◄ PUBLIC STREET Exhibit B Page 152 of 259 15CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2.6 2.6 PROJECT CURB CUTS, VEHICULAR 2.6.1. Number of curb cuts. The maximum number of curb cuts permitted on a site shall be determined by the total length of public street frontage, per the table below. ground floor architectural component The arcade in this diagram extends at least 60% of the ground floor building frontage and incorporates a shading element into the building design, which permits the building to only require one parkway. See ODS 2.5.6(c). ◄Total Length of Public Street Frontage Maximum Number of Curb Cuts Between 50 and 150 feet 1 Greater than 150 feet 1 curb cut for each 450 feet of public street frontage 2.6.2. Curb cut width. On sites where the public street frontage is less than 450 feet in length, the maximum width of a curb cut shall be no greater than 36 feet. 2.6.3. Curb cut medians. Any site that requires more than a 36-foot curb cut shall divide the curb cut with a minimum five-foot width median such that no segment of the cut is more than 36 feet in width. 2.6.4. Curb cuts, parking area. Any curb cut that leads to a parking area with less than 25 spaces shall be no more than 24 feet in width. This multifamily project provides a landscaped median with signage in between two curb cuts, which serve as a vehicular entry and exit to the project. See ODS 2.6.3.◄Exhibit B Page 153 of 259 16 Chapter 2: Project Site ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 2.7 2.7 PROJECT ALLEYS 2.7.1. Alley entry. Projects abutting an alley shall provide all vehicular access, including service access, from the alley. 2.7.2. Alley parkways. If a new alley greater than 30 feet in width is provided, at least one minimum five-foot landscaped parkway shall be provided along 70 percent of the total length of the alley, exclusive of the length of curb cuts for driveways, garages, required red curbs for fire access, and vehicular access aisles. 5’ min 30’ min A five-foot minimum parkway between the project boundary line adds landscaping along new alleyways. See ODS 2.7.2. ◄ALLEY 70% alley length min landscaped parkway Exhibit B Page 154 of 259 17CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3 LANDSCAPE & 3.1 Site Landscaping 3.2 Canopy Trees 3.3 Specimen Trees 3.4 Shrubs and Perennials 3.5 Landscape Islands 3.6 Inorganic Groundcover 3.7 Boulders 3.8 On-Site Lighting 3.9 Passive and Active Amenities OPEN SPACE 17CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS The intent of the following landscape and open space objective design standards is to cultivate over time a pedestrian-oriented open space along the public rights-of- way adjacent to multifamily and mixed-use developments, with a visual and natural identity inspired by the surrounding native landscape of the California Sonoran Desert. OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 155 of 259 18 Chapter 3: Landscape and Open Space ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.1 3.1 SITE LANDSCAPING 3.1.1. Frontages. All frontages adjoining public and private streets shall be landscaped. 3.1.2. Setbacks. All front yard, side yard, street-facing side yard, and rear yard setbacks shall be landscaped. 3.2 3.2 LANDSCAPE ISLANDS 3.2.1. Landscape island dimensions. See ODS 5.1.4. 3.2.2. Landscape islands, end parking stalls. See ODS 5.1.5. 3.3.3. Landscape islands, surface parking. See ODS 5.1.6. 3.3 3.3 CANOPY TREES 3.3.1. Canopy trees at public street-adjoining frontages. A minimum of one irrigated, 24-inch box tree shall be planted a maximum of 30 feet on center along frontages adjoining public streets. ‘Desert Museum’ Palo Verde, a permitted canopy tree. See ODS 3.3.5.◄Sweet Acacia, a permitted canopy tree. See ODS 3.3.5.◄3.3.2. Canopy trees at front yards. Where a front yard setback is required, a minimum of one irrigated, 24-inch box tree shall be planted for each 900 square feet of setback area, less the area of any driveways and sidewalks that cross and/or are within the front yard area. 3.3.3. Canopy trees at on-site surface parking. See ODS 5.1.8. 3.4.4. Canopy tree distribution at on-site surface parking. See ODS 5.1.9. 30’ max PUBLIC STREET Frequent canopy trees provide shade and enhance both the pedestrian experience and public street frontage. See ODS 3.3.1. ◄ The selection and balance of canopy trees and organic and inorganic groundcover create a landscape identity for specific to Palm Desert multifamily and mixed-use projects.◄Exhibit B Page 156 of 259 19CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Texas Ebony, a permitted canopy tree. See ODS 3.3.5.◄Thornless Cascalote, a permitted canopy tree. See ODS 3.3.5.◄3.3.5. Canopy tree selection. Along frontages adjoining public streets and public rights-of-way and yards where canopy trees are required, utilize a minimum of three species from the following list and/or approved list of drought resistant canopy trees with no more than 50 percent of all selected canopy trees comprising the same species. a. ‘Desert Museum’ Palo Verde. Parkinsonia (Cercidium) x ‘Desert Museum.’ b. Ironwood. Olneya tesota. c. Palo Brea. Parkinsonia praecox. d. Sweet Acacia. Acacia smallii. e. Texas Ebony. Pithecellobium flexicaule. f. Thornless Cascalote. Caesalpinia cacalaco ‘Smoothie.’ 3.3.6. Canopy tree shade on sidewalks. Within required frontages and front yard setbacks with sidewalks and pathways, all canopy trees shall be planted to cast shade onto the sidewalk for a minimum of three hours a day during the months of June, July, and August within five years of planting. 3.4 3.4 SPECIMEN TREES 3.4.1. Specimen trees at frontage areas. In addition to canopy trees, a minimum of one irrigated, 24-inch box specimen tree shall be planted for each 900 square feet of frontage adjoining a public street and/or right-of-way, exclusive of the area of driveways and sidewalks. 3.4.2. Specimen tree selection. Select a minimum of two species from the following list of drought-resistant specimen trees, with no more than 50 percent of all specimen trees planted in required frontages adjoining public streets and public rights-of-way comprising the same species. a. Smoke Tree. Psorothamnus (Dalea) spinosus. b. Honey Mesquite. Prosopis glandulosa. Must be a thornless cultivar inclusive of Prosopis glandulosa ‘Maverick’ or Prosopis glandulosa ‘AZT.’ c. Soaptree. Yucca elata. Smoke Tree, a permitted specimen tree. See ODS 3.4.2.◄Honey Mesquite is a permitted specimen tree, but must be a thornless cultivar inclusive of Prosopis glandulosa ‘Maverick’ or Prosopis glandulosa ‘AZT.’ See ODS 3.4.2.◄Exhibit B Page 157 of 259 20 Chapter 3: Landscape and Open Space ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.5 3.5 SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS 3.5.1. Shrub and perennial groundcover. For each continuous area of required frontage and/or required front yard area, all ground surfaces without inorganic groundcover shall be covered by live plant material within five years of planting. See ODS 3.6.1. 3.5.2. Shrub and perennial groundcover selection. Select a minimum of five species from the list of drought-resistant shrub and perennial groundcover below, with no more than 30 percent of all live plant material in required frontage areas and/or front yards comprising the same species. A minimum of three of the selected species shall be woody plants. Species Regional Native GROUNDCOVER Wild Marigold Baileya multiradiata  Prostrate Acacia Acacia redolens Flattop Buckwheat Eriogonum fasciculatum v. poliofolium  Germander Sage Salvia chamaedryoides PERENNIALS Desert Sand Verbena Abronia villosa  Wild Marigold Baileya multiradiata  Lyreleaf Greeneyes Berlandiera lyrata  Hartweg's Sundrops Calylophus hartwegii Lanceleaf Coreopsis Coreopsis lanceolata  Golden Dyssodia Dyssodia pentachaeta  California Golden Poppy Eschscholzia californica  Western Sundance Daisy Hymenoxys acaulis Blackfoot Daisy Melampodium leucanthum Siskiyou Mexican Evening Primrose Oenothera berlandieri Tufted Evening Primrose Oenothera caespitosa Firecracker Penstemon Penstemon eatonii  Superb Penstemon Penstemon superbus Whitestem Paperflower Psilotrophe cooperi  Desert Globemallow Sphaeralcea ambigua  Mexican Marigold Tagetes lemonii Plains Zinnia Zinnia grandiflora Species Regional Native SHRUBS Triangle-leaf Bursage Ambrosia deltoidea  White Bursage Ambrosia dumosa  Shadscale Atriplex canescens  Big Saltbush Atriplex lentiformis Prostrate Coyote Bush Baccharis x ‘Thompson’™ Woolly Butterfly Bush Buddleia marrubifolia Baja Fairy Duster Calliandra californica Fairy Duster Calliandra eriophylla  Rubber Rabbitbrush Chrysothamnus nauseosus Littleleaf Cordia Cordia parviflora Silver Prairie Clover Dalea bicolor Black Dalea Dalea frutescens ‘Sierra Negra’ Indigo Bush Dalea pulchra  Brittlebrush Encelia farinosa Turpentine Bush Ericarmeria laricifolia Apache Plume Fallugia paradoxa San Marcos Hibiscus Gossypium harknessii  Desert Lavender Hyptis emoryii  Chuparosa Justicia californica  Creosote Bush Larrea tridentata Thuder Cloud Sage Leucophyllum candidum ‘Thundercloud’™ Texas Sage Leucophyllum frutescens Rio Bravo Texas Sage Leucophyllum langmaniae 'Rio Bravo'™ Chihuahuan Sage Leucophyllum laevigatum Fragrant Sage Leucophyllum pruinosum ’Sierra Bouquet’ Blue Ranger Leucophyllum zygophyllum ‘Cimarron’™ Barbados Cherry Malpighia glabra  Sugar Bush Rhus ovata Baja Ruellia Ruellia peninsularis  Cleveland Sage Salvia clevelandii  Jojoba Simmondsia chinensis List of permitted shrub and perennial groundcover for multifamily and mixed-use projects. See ODS 3.5.2.◄◄Wild Marigold, a regional native, is an example of a permitted groundcover.◄Exhibit B Page 158 of 259 21CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.5.3. Use of thorned, serrated-edged, sharp-toothed, or sharp- edged plant materials. Thorned, serrated-edged, sharp- toothed, or sharp-edged plant materials shall not be planted so as to grow within two feet of a sidewalk or pathway and ten feet from a children’s play area. 3.6 3.6 INORGANIC GROUNDCOVER 3.6.1. Inorganic groundcover. Within required frontages adjoining public streets and front yard setbacks, a maximum of 50 percent of ground surfaces shall be covered with gravel, cobble, or boulders. 3.6.2. Gravel and cobble type. Select a minimum of one type of gravel and one type of cobble with no more than fifty percent of all surfaces covered in inorganic groundcover comprising the same material. 3.6.3. Groundcover placement. Shrub and perennial groundcovers shall be planted next to and not within a bed of cobble. 3.6.4. Inorganic groundcover color. Any inorganic material utilized within a required frontage adjoining a public street or right- of-way shall be of a color and value (light versus dark) that reflects more light than it absorbs. 3.7 3.7 BOULDERS 3.7.1. Required boulders. For each continuous area of parkway and landscaped setback, locate a minimum of one boulder for each 500 square feet of landscaped setback area, exclusive of the area of driveways and sidewalks. 3.7.2. Irregular spacing. Boulders shall be spaced irregularly. 3.7.3. Buried below grade. The bottom third of boulders shall be buried below grade. 3.8 3.8 ON-SITE LIGHTING 3.8.1. Dark sky compliant. All exterior lighting shall be dark sky compliant and/or fully shielded. 3.8.2. Fully shielded. Exterior lighting shall be fully shielded and arranged so that the source of the light can not be viewed directly. Flattop Buckwheat, a regional native groundcover, along a pathway and adjacent to other shrubs and perennials.◄This landscape setback along a public street incorporates irregularly-spaced shrub and perennial groundcover as well as boulders.◄While this landscape uses a variety of inorganic ground cover, it would not be permitted if the setback was along a required public street frontage or front yard because more than 50 percent of landscape is inorganic. See ODS 3.6.1.◄Exhibit B Page 159 of 259 22 Chapter 3: Landscape and Open Space ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.8.3. Uplighting. Exterior uplighting is prohibited, unless used to feature an architectural or landscape element pursuant to Section 24.16.020 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code. 3.8.4. Lighting angle below the horizon. Exterior lighting shall restrain light from the source to a minimum 30 degrees below the horizontal plane of the light source. 3.8.5. Pedestrian-oriented lighting, location. Pedestrian-oriented lighting shall be provided along all on-site sidewalks and pathways and exterior amenity spaces. 3.8.6. Pedestrian-oriented lighting, placement. Light fixtures shall be placed along all on-site sidewalks and pathways at a spacing of no more than 30 lineal feet on center. 3.7.7. Pedestrian-oriented lighting, illumination. On-site sidewalks, walkways, pathways, and paseos shall be illuminated to a minimum of 1 foot-candle to ensure safe nighttime conditions. 3.8.8. Stand-alone exterior lighting. Stand-alone exterior lighting fixtures shall be a minimum of three feet and a maximum of 14 feet in height. Number of Dwelling Units (DUs)Number of Required Passive Amenities Less than 20 DUs 1 Between 20 and 50 DUs 2 Between 51 and 99 DUs 3 100 DUs and greater 4 3.9 3.9 PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES 3.9.1. Passive amenities. Projects shall incorporate the minimum required number of passive amenities per the table below. Exterior lighting must be placed along all on-site sidewalks (see ODS 3.8.5), be between three and 14 feet in height (see ODS 3.8.8), and have a minimum 30-degree light beam (see ODS 3.8.4). ◄ 30’ max 30° min 3’ min 14’ max Exhibit B Page 160 of 259 23CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.9.2. Types of passive amenities. Passive amenities shall be from the list below. A passive amenity may be used multiple times and each passive amenity provided counts as one amenity. a. Gazebo. b. Picnic shelter. c. Water feature. d. Seating area(s) with benches and/or loose single chairs a minimum of 12 feet wide in one dimension and 144 square feet in area per the following requirements. e. Seating walls a minimum of eight feet in length per the following requirements. f. Secured package lockers contained within an outdoor shelter. 3.9.3. Active amenities. Projects shall incorporate the minimum required number of active amenities per the table below. Number of Dwelling Units (DUs)Number of Required Seating Areas Less than 20 DUs 1 Between 20 and 50 DUs 2 Between 51 and 99 DUs 3 100 DUs and greater 4 Number of Dwelling Units (DUs)Number of Required Seating Walls Less than 20 DUs 1 Between 20 and 50 DUs 2 Between 51 and 99 DUs 3 100 DUs and greater 4 Number of Dwelling Units (DUs)Number of Required Active Amenities Between 20 and 50 DUs 2 Between 51 and 99 DUs 3 100 DU 4 Between 101 and 149 DUs 5 150 DUs and greater One additional active amenity for each additional 100 units Seating area with loose single chairs. Picnic shelter in a multifamily project courtyard.◄◄Exhibit B Page 161 of 259 24 Chapter 3: Landscape and Open Space ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.9.4. Types of active amenities. Active amenities shall be from the list below. An active amenity may be used multiple times and each active amenity provided counts as one amenity. a. Barbecue b. Clubhouse and/or recreation room that opens onto an outdoor amenity area c. Community garden d. Court game facility e. Exercise area and/or par course f. Jogging and/or par course g. Pet area and/or run and/or wash h. Play area, children’s i. Pools j. Spas or hot tubs The clubhouse in this multifamily project opens up to the pool.◄Fenced off pet area in a multifamily apartment courtyard.◄Children’s play area.◄Bocce ball lawn.◄Exhibit B Page 162 of 259 25CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4 BUILDING ARCHITECTURE 4.1 Building Height 4.2 Building Length 4.3 Building Modulation 4.4 Building Roofs 4.5 Building Materials 4.6 Building Openings, Multifamily 4.7 Building Openings, Mixed-Use 4.8 Building Windows 4.9 Building Balconies and Stairwells 4.10 Building Utilities 4.11 Building Facade Colors 4.12 Building Water Drainage Devices 4.13 Building Trash/Recycling Bins and Enclosures 4.14 Building Design Components 25CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS The intent of the following building architecture objective design standards is to connect multifamily and mixed-use projects to the existing natural and physical surrounds, including but not limited to architectural components and facade modulation that prioritize shade and the use of materials and colors that reflect the desert environment. OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 163 of 259 26 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.1 4.1 BUILDING HEIGHT 4.1.1. Building height measurement along public streets. The maximum building height of a multifamily or mixed-use structure within 150 feet of the curb of a public street shall be established by a vertical measurement from the average elevation of the street curb adjacent to the property to the highest point of the structure, provided that a roof shall be measured to the highest point of the roof. 4.1.2. Building height measurement adjoining a residential zoned property. The maximum building height of a multifamily or mixed-use structure within 150 feet of a residential property line shall be established by a vertical measurement from the elevation of the finished grade along the property line of the residential zoned property or the finished grade along the property line of the project site, whichever is lower in elevation, to the highest point of the roof of the structure. In this diagram, the single-family zoned property has a lower elevation than the adjoining multifamily or mixed- use property. The height of the higher density building, in order to minimize the visual impact, is measured from the finished grade along the property line of the single-family lot. Measuring the building height from the public street is intended to prevent a building from feeling taller or “towering” over the public realm, specifically when the building is placed near the public street and the property is at a higher elevation than the public street. ◄ ◄ 150’ maxPUBLIC STREET building height 150’ max building height RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY MULTIFAMILY OR MIXED-USE PROPERTY 4.1.3. Transitional height abutting a single-family zoned property. When a multifamily or mixed-use building is placed on a lot that abuts or is across a right-of-way from a R-1, R-1M, R-E, R-2, or PR regulation properties with a density of PR-10 or lower property line, the otherwise allowed building height shall be modulated by an inward-leaning 45-degree angled plane inclined towards the multifamily or mixed-use building as measured from a horizontal plane originating 15 feet above grade at the abutting property line. Exhibit B Page 164 of 259 27CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.1.4. Maximum building height at public-street-facing frontages. In addition to the minimum horizontal setbacks otherwise required by the Municipal Code, the maximum height of a building abutting a public street frontage shall be determined by its distance from the street-facing setback line, per the table below. Distance from Street-Facing Setback (feet) Maximum Building Height (feet/stories) Less than or equal to 30 feet 24 feet / 2-stories (w/ flat roof) Greater than 30 feet Per Municipal Code R-1, R-1M, R-E, R-2, OR <PR-10 PROPERTY MULTIFAMILY OR MIXED-USE PROPERTY 15’ 45° 4.2 4.2 BUILDING LENGTH 4.2.1. Building wall, maximum length. For both new structures and existing structures with an addition, no building wall shall exceed 425 feet in length. 4.2.2. Building breaks, open to the sky. When building breaks are required, a minimum 30-foot open-to-the-sky separation shall be provided between resulting structures. These open- to-the-sky building breaks shall provide for landscaped public and private rights-of-way, courts, passageways, paseos, and/or other active and/or passive landscaped open spaces. The arcade in this diagram extends at least 60% of the ground floor building frontage, which permits the building to only require one parkway. See ODS 4.1.3. ◄This multifamily project drops down to a single story at the rear of the site because of a transitional height requirement mandating a transition between the building and the adjacent single-family neighborhood.◄Exhibit B Page 165 of 259 28 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.3 4.3 BUILDING MODULATION 4.3.1. Building modulation. Buildings shall be broken into major and minor masses and/or feature architectural modulation utilizing at least two of the following. a. Minimum six-foot-clear width ground-level arcades, open-to-the-air galleries, colonnades, porches, recesses, ramadas, and trellis structures placed along a minimum of 80 percent of the ground-floor length of two building faces. b. For each 50 feet of building wall length, incorporation of open-to-the-sky recesses in mass and bulk, or projections of mass and bulk, that are a minimum of eight feet in length and three feet in depth. This diagram shows open-to-the-sky recesses in the building mass that is at least three feet deep and eight feet long every 50 feet of building wall length. See ODS 4.3.1(b). If ODS 4.3.1(a) is incorporated into a project to meet modulation requirements, a ground-level arcade along 80 percent of two sides of a multifamily or mixed-use building as shown in the diagram is permitted. ◄ ◄ ground-level arcade ground-level arcade Exhibit B Page 166 of 259 29CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 c. Use of minor building masses contrasted with major building masses where the wall area of the minor masses is a maximum of 40 percent of the total wall area. d. At the top floor of the building, a minimum six-foot- clear width setback from the floor immediately below along at least two sides of the building. e. Utilization of sun-screening elements, including sunshades, awnings, and canopies, on windows, doors, and openings at south- and west-facing building walls. f. Covered and open-to-the-air balconies where the area of the projections or recesses of the balconies constitute a minimum of 15 percent of the building walls. g. Roof overhangs or projections that provide a minimum of eight feet of vertical shaded wall at noon on the summer solstice. h. Vertical and irrigated landscaping that is located within five feet of a wall, screens at least two walls and 30 percent of the perimeter of the structure, and achieves per specification a minimum 20 feet of height after five years of growth. i. Utilization of two or more building wall materials, where the first material constitutes a maximum of 30 percent of the building’s total wall area less openings and is non-cementitious, and a second material constitutes no more than 70 percent of the total wall area less openings. j. Buildings where the building footprint immediately below the top floor constitutes no more than 80 percent of the building footprint immediately below. The top floor of multifamily and mixed-use buildings may be set back at least six feet on two sides to achieve a building modulation requirement. See ODS 4.3.1(d).◄This multifamily project incorporates sliding wood screens into the facade design to provide shade. See ODS 4.3.1(e). This mixed-use project highlights a base, middle, and top massing by the use of multiple materials. See ODS 4.3.1(i).◄◄Exhibit B Page 167 of 259 30 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 k. Inclusion of one or more tower elements that are no more than half the height of the floor-to-floor height of the tallest building story. The tower element shall be recessed or projected from the rest of the building mass by a minimum of two feet. Two-story buildings that do not front a public street or public right-of-way are not required to meet the modulation requirements of this section. 4.3.2. Vehicle entrances. Where vehicle entries are incorporated into a building wall facing a public street, the facade shall incorporate two of the following components: a. A vehicle entrance that is set back a minimum of 20 feet from the back of sidewalk or required setback, whichever results in the furthest distance from the public street. b. Where a pedestrian entrance is provided adjacent to the garage opening, a minimum five-foot wide sidewalk leading to the public street and sidewalk. c. At least one landscaped area, a minimum five feet in width, adjoining the vehicle access drive and leading from the public street to the garage entrance. 4.3.3. Upper story floor area limit. The gross area of the top story of buildings including exterior walls and roof projections and overhangs shall be a maximum of 80 percent of the floor immediately below, inclusive of required stair structures, mechanical and utility penthouses, elevator overrides, towers, and rooftop common area structures including trellises and overhangs. ODS 4.3.1(j) creates modulation of the building mass by decreasing the ground floor building square footage as more floors are added. In this diagram, the second floor footprint (orange) is 80 percent less than the ground floor footprint, and the top floor footprint is 80 percent less than the second floor footprint. ◄ 80% of ground floor 80% of floor below This multifamily project incorporates recessed tower elements that create modulation in the building mass. See ODS 4.3.1(k). ◄Exhibit B Page 168 of 259 31CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.4 4.4 BUILDING ROOFS 4.4.1. Roof types. The following roof types, or a combination of the following roof types, shall be utilized for multifamily and mixed-use buildings. a. Butterfly roof. b. Clerestory roof. c. Conical roof. d. Cross-hipped roof. e. Curved/barrel vaulted roof. f. Dome roof. g. Flat roof. h. Gable roof. i. Hexagonal roof. j. Hip and valley roof. k. Intersecting gable roof. l. Hip roof. m. M-shaped roof. n. Monitor roof. o. Pyramid hip roof. p. Sawtooth roof. q. Skillion roof. r. Shed roof. No other roof types or forms are permitted. 80% of the floor immediately below The top floor of multifamily and mixed-use buildings is 80 percent of the footprint of the floor immediately below. See ODS 4.3.3.◄The use of both flat and pitched roofs in this multifamily project adds versatility to the roofline. See ODS 4.4.1.◄Exhibit B Page 169 of 259 32 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.4.2. Roof slopes. The pitch of sloped roofs, other than conical roofs, curved/barrel vaulted roofs, or dome roofs, shall be no less than 2:12 and no greater than 4:12. 4.4.3. Sloped roof materials. Sloped roofs shall utilize one of the following materials. a. Concrete or lightweight concrete tile. b. Metal that is non-reflective. c. Solar panel tiles, solar roof tiles, or solar shingles. d. Natural tone or slate tile. e. Terracotta tile or simulated terracotta tile. 4.4.4. Prohibited roof materials. The following roof materials are not permitted. a. Asphalt-shingle roofs. b. Glass roofs or skylights that comprise more than 10 percent of the total gross area of the floor below. c. Corrugated metal roofing. 4.4.5. Flat roof modulation. Flat roofs shall be modulated vertically per the table below. Type of Modulation Multifamily Buildings Mixed-Use Buildings Flat Roof Vertical Modulation A minimum of 42 inches at least once every 36 feet. A minimum of 42 inches at least once every 50 feet. For every 36 feet in multifamily building width and every 50 feet in mixed-use building width, the height of the building should increase or decrease by at least 42 inches, not to exceed the maximum height limit. See ODS 4.4.5 for flat roof modulation and ODS 4.1.1-4.1.4 for building height requirements. ◄42” min Exhibit B Page 170 of 259 33CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.5 4.5 BUILDING MATERIALS 4.5.1. Building wall materials. A building shall utilize at least two of the following exterior wall materials. a. Cementitious or acrylic stucco, or an exterior insulating and finish system with a cementitious finish. b. Two stucco textures. If a float finish is utilized for one of the stucco textures, the second stucco texture shall be a float or dash finish stucco and shall be utilized at a minimum of 10 percent of the total wall area. c. Two stucco colors with at least one of the stucco colors utilized at a minimum of 10 percent of the total wall area. d. Metal panels that are non-reflective. e. Natural stone or manufactured stone veneer at a minimum of 10 percent of the total wall area. f. Terra cotta tile and/or rain screens. g. Colored precision block, glazed block, face brick, face stone, split face block, shot blast block, or slump stone at a minimum of 10 percent of the total wall area. 4.4.6. Greenhouses. Greenhouses that are incorporated into a multifamily or mixed-use structure and whose total floor area is 10 percent or less of the total gross floor area of the building are exempt from the roof type, slope, modulation, and materials requirements of these design standards. 4.4.7. Parapet return. Parapets that extend beyond the wall plane due to horizontal building modulation must return and extend a minimum six feet past the wall plane and inwards towards the building. The parapet in this diagram extends an additional six feet past the wall plane where the building modulation extends forward. See ODS 4.4.7.◄This townhome project uses multiple colors of stucco, metal paneling and railings, and precision and split face block. See ODS 4.5.1(a)., 4.5.1(c), 4.5.1(d), and 4.5.1(g). This multifamily project uses multiple stucco colors and a face stone for the entirety of the ground floor. See ODS 4.5.1(a), 4.5.1(c), and 4.5.1(g).◄◄Exhibit B Page 171 of 259 34 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.5.2. Wall material transitions. Transitions between differing material and colors on the walls of a building facade shall utilize at least one of the following design methodologies. a. An inside corner where planes intersect. b. Utilization of a reveal, projecting band, and or planar offset to mark the transition between the base, middle, and top of the building. c. Use of a building detail, such as a cornice, belt course, roof projection or eave, and/or habitable or decorative projections. d. Utilization of recesses or projections at windows a minimum of 3 inches in depth at all windows and openings. e. An offset in a plane where the material transition or color occurs with a minimum depth of five inches. 4.5.3. Prohibited building wall materials. 100 percent glass buildings are prohibited. 4.6 4.6 BUILDING OPENINGS, MULTIFAMILY 4.6.1. Ground-level architectural component, multifamily only. Multifamily buildings facing public streets shall provide ground floor porches, ramadas, colonnades, or recesses that are a minimum of six feet in clear depth and seven feet in height along a minimum of 30 percent of the building length. 4.6.2. Upper-level glazing, multifamily only. Multifamily buildings shall provide a minimum 15 percent and a maximum of 30 percent transparent glazing and/or openings at building walls above the ground level as measured from the finish floor level to the underside of the floor or roof above. 4.6.3. Openings, multifamily only. For multifamily buildings, the area of openings in walls above the first level, inclusive of doors and windows and exclusive of any floor-to-floor and floor-to-roof wall area shaded by porches, verandas, arcades, galleries, ramadas, trellises, open-to-the-air recesses, continuous brise-soleil and other open-to-the-air architectural screening elements, shall constitute a minimum of 15 percent and a maximum of 40 percent of the total wall area above the first level. This multifamily project uses multiple building materials through various transition techniques. Materials change at the inside corner of two building planes intersecting and a belt course horizontally divides the building and changes material. See ODS 4.5.2(a) and 4.5.2(c). The ground level of this multifamily building is recessed to provide shade along the street frontage. See ODS 4.6.1. This multifamily building keeps the number of wall openings above the ground level below 40 percent. See ODS 4.6.3.◄◄◄Exhibit B Page 172 of 259 35CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.7 4.7 BUILDING OPENINGS, MIXED-USE 4.7.1. Ground-level transparency or frontage component, mixed-use only. The ground level of mixed-use buildings shall comprise at least one of the following elements. a. Glazing at the ground level of walls that face a public street shall constitute a minimum of 60 percent of the total wall length and such glazing shall be a minimum of 8-feet in height. b. A porch, veranda, arcade, gallery, ramada, projecting trellis, open-to-the-air recess, and/or permanent overhang that is a minimum of eight feet in clear depth along at least 80 percent of the length of any wall that faces a public street. 4.7.2. Upper-level glazing, mixed-use only. At upper levels of mixed-use buildings, the total area of glazing shall be a minimum of 15 percent of the total wall area. 4.7.3. Openings, mixed-use only. The combined surface area of windows, doors, or other openings inclusive of continuous glass systems shall comprise no more than 60 percent of the total wall area of any individual mixed-use building face. 4.8 4.8 BUILDING WINDOWS 4.8.1. Window and door details. Building windows and doors shall utilize at least two of the following: a. Three distinct sizes of windows. b. Shading devices including shutters, exterior blinds, awnings, brise-soleil, sun screens and/or decorative architectural details that create a distinct shadow line at a minimum 60 percent of openings. c. Recesses or projections a minimum of three inches in depth at a minimum of 60 percent of all openings. d. Trim around the opening that is no less than four inches in width and creates a projection or recess no less than two inches in depth. e. Use of metal-clad, thermally-broken metal or steel, and/or wood windows or doors at all openings. f. Exterior shades. More than sixty percent of the ground level of this mixed-use building is glazing. See ODS 4.7.1(a). The glazing at the upper levels of this mixed-use development is at least 15 percent of the total wall area. See ODS 4.7.2. This multifamily development has recessed windows of at least three distinct size. See ODS 4.8.1(a) and 4.8.1(c). ◄◄◄Exhibit B Page 173 of 259 36 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.8.2. Windows, storage, utilities, and screening. Where windows open onto a utility or storage use or occupancy, the window opening shall be provided with interior or exterior screening such as an interior or exterior shade, and/or decorative and/ or obscuring glass. 4.9 4.9 BUILDING BALCONIES AND STAIRWELLS 4.9.1. Balcony depth. Balconies shall be a minimum of six feet in clear depth. 4.9.2. Balcony design. Balconies shall be recessed or shaded by balconies or roof projections immediately above and/or by minimum four-foot deep awnings, canopies, ramadas, recesses, and/or trellises. 4.9.3. Stairwells. All building stairwells shall be internal to the building or screened by materials with a 50 percent opacity. 4.10 4.10 BUILDING UTILITIES 4.10.1. Electrical utilities. All electrical utility equipment, electrical meters, and junction boxes shall be placed within a utility room. 4.10.2. Mechanical and electrical equipment screening. With the exception of ground-mounted transformers that shall meet the requirements of the utility provider, all mechanical equipment, including new and replacement equipment that is free-standing, and wall mounted equipment, shall be fully screened from all views by one of the following: a. Solid parapets and/or walls that are a minimum of one foot taller than the mechanical equipment as measured from the roof deck to the highest point of the equipment. b. Louvers equipment boxes that are incorporated into a wall. c. Walls that are a minimum 50 percent opaque and that are set within landscape areas that in plan provide a landscape border a minimum 18 inches wide around the perimeter of at least two sides of the equipment pad. Window mounted equipment is permitted at existing buildings that include an addition if not visible from any public street. The courtyard-facing balconies in this multifamily development are shaded by the balconies immediately above. See ODS 4.9.2. This project extends a wall surface and uses landscaping to screen mechanical equipment. ◄◄Exhibit B Page 174 of 259 37CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.11 4.11 BUILDING FACADE COLORS 4.11.1. Color palette. Building exteriors shall utilize neutral, earth tone, and/or neutral or earth tone Sonoran Desert regional colors as published by third parties or the City of Palm Desert. To demonstrate compliance with this requirement, applicants shall include samples or printouts of selected exterior colors with their application, provide a key to color use on elevation drawings, and provide third party material and/or color chart(s), brochure(s), web page(s) addresses, or other publication(s) materials that relate the proposed building color(s) to a neutral, earth tone, and/or Sonoran Desert color choice. 4.11.2. Accent colors. A maximum of ten percent of the building facade area, including but not limited to walls, doors, window details, cornices, and belt courses, may be with accent colors not considered a neutral, earth tone, and/or Sonoran Desert color choice. 4.11.3. Prohibited colors. Except as an accent color or a window, trim, fence, or gate color, the use of black color on buildings is prohibited. 4.12 4.12 BUILDING WATER DRAINAGE DEVICES 4.12.1. Water drainage devices, multifamily only. At multifamily buildings, gutters, downspouts, and other water drainage components shall utilize one of the following design methodologies. a. Remain an unpainted natural metal material. b. Be painted the same color of the immediately-adjoining facade. c. Not be visible from the exterior of the building walls facing public streets. 4.12.2. Water drainage devices, mixed-use only. At mixed-use buildings, gutters, downspouts, and other water drainage components, with the exception of required overflow devices, shall not be visible from the exterior of the building walls facing public streets. This multifamily development uses a variety of earth tone and neutral colors. See ODS 4.33. Shades of white and brown are used in this townhome typology. See ODS 4.33.◄◄These townhomes use yellow and orange accent colors to highlight minor massing elements within the design. See ODS 4.34.◄Exhibit B Page 175 of 259 38 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 AND ENCLOSURES 4.13 4.13 BUILDING TRASH/RECYCLING BINS Project Lot Size Trash/Recycling Bin Requirements Less than or equal to 7,500 square feet Trash/recycling bins shall be designated, open-to-the- sky enclosures shall be permitted, but no trash/recycling bin or enclosure shall be placed in required setbacks or visible from a public street. Greater than 7,500 square feet and less than 22,500 square feet Trash/recycling bins shall be placed within fully enclosed structures which may be open to the sky. Trash enclosures may not be visible from a public street, may project into a required side or rear yard setback, but may not be placed within five feet of a property line or within a setback adjacent to a public street or single- family designated lot. Greater than 22,500 square feet Trash/recycling bins shall be designated, fully enclosed, may be open to the sky, and shall not be placed within required setbacks or visible from a public street. This trash enclosure is located away from required setbacks and public streets, and has architectural details that relate back to the development it is serving. See ODS 4.13.1. The buildings of this development project utilize similar facade materials and colors. See ODS 4.14.1(b) and 4.14.1(c). The buildings in this multifamily project are not identical, but are similar in proportion and mix- and-match balconies and recesses and materials and colors to build consistency. See ODS 4.14.1(c) and 4.14.1(e).◄◄◄4.13.1. Trash/recycling bin placement. Trash and recycling bins shall meet the placement requirements correlated to the project’s lot size per the table below. 4.14 4.14 BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS 4.14.1. Architectural continuity. A development project with multiple buildings shall maintain architectural consistency at all building and accessory building facades or implement at least three of the following architectural components consistently throughout all buildings and accessory buildings in the project: a. Consistent use of roof forms and if sloped, roof materials and coloring at all buildings and accessory buildings. b. Consistent use of building overhangs, recesses, and architectural projections including porches, arcades, ramadas, galleries and building screening that create shade at south, east, and west facing facades. c. Consistent use of facade materials at all buildings and accessory buildings. d. Consistent use of color at all buildings and accessory buildings. e. Consistent use of proportions and details at 60 percent of building openings. f. Consistent use of sun shading architectural components at all buildings visible from a public street. Exhibit B Page 176 of 259 39CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.14.2. Inclusion of Palm Desert architectural and landscape components. In consideration of the desert landscape, buildings shall incorporate at least four of the following design components. a. Buildings oriented on an east-west axis such that the wall area of both the east and west facades is not more than 60 percent of the area of the area of south facing walls. b. Site walls, building massing, and landscape windbreaks that protect project open spaces from west to east prevailing summer winds. c. Site walls, building massing, and landscape windbreaks that protect project open spaces from north to south prevailing winds that occur from mid- November through mid-February. d. Covered open-to-the-air arcades, colonnades, galleries, or other permanent coverings or projections that provide shade at all building walls visible from public streets. e. Overhangs or recesses at building entries that are a minimum of four feet in clear depth. f. Minimum 24-inch deep roof eaves. g. Use of natural stone or veneer stone at a minimum of 10 percent of the total building wall area. h. Use of recessed windows at a minimum 60 percent of openings. i. Use of shade trees at varying distances apart, but in no case more than 30 feet on center, to shade the length of east, south, and west facing building walls visible from a public street. j. Public street frontages that are a minimum 20 percent greater than the otherwise required frontage, front yard, and street-facing side yard requirements. This multifamily project has exaggerated roof eaves throughout the design. See ODS 4.14.2(f).◄This multifamily project accents the massing at all corners with a veneer stone. See ODS 4.14.2(g).◄This multifamily project has shade trees, visible from the public street, along the project frontage. See ODS 4.14.2(i).◄Exhibit B Page 177 of 259 40 Chapter 4: Building Architecture ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 This page is intentionally blank. Exhibit B Page 178 of 259 41CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5 PARKING 5.1 Surface Parking Design 5.2 Mechanical Parking 5.3 Parking Shelters 5.4 Parking Garages 5.5 Bicycle Parking 41CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS The intent of the following parking objective design standards is to create landscaping, shade, and pedestrian circulation at surface parking lots and architectural continuity between project buildings and parking garages. OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 179 of 259 42 Chapter 5: Parking ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5.1 5.1 SURFACE PARKING DESIGN 5.1.1. Surface parking placement. No surface parking shall be placed within a required public street frontage setback or between primary building frontages and the public street. 5.1.2. Surface parking visibility. All surface parking lots shall be hidden from the public right-of-way using one of the following techniques. a. Locating all surface parking lots behind buildings. Where more than one building is placed on a lot and the buildings screen the surface parking, no separation between buildings screening the surface parking may be more than 30 feet wide. b. Locating all surface parking lots behind a fence or wall that complies with 2.3 Project Fences and Walls. c. Locating all surface parking lots behind a landscape buffer a minimum of ten feet in depth that creates a vegetation screen through the use of bushes, hedges, and trees. 5.1.3. Surface parking along side or rear property lines. Surface parking areas adjacent to side or rear property lines shall provide a perimeter landscaped strip at least five feet wide. 5.1.4. Landscape island dimensions. Landscape islands at on-site surface parking, inclusive of the landscape islands that must be adjacent to end parking stalls, shall be no less than five feet in length or width, exclusive of curbs and landings. 5.1.5. End parking stalls, width. End parking stalls shall be increased in City-required width by a minimum of 18 inches. 5.1.6. Landscape islands, end parking stalls. All end parking stalls shall be adjacent to a landscape island. The length and width of landscape islands on surface parking lots must be five feet excluding curbs and landings (see ODS 5.1.4) and end parking stalls must be at least 18 inches wider than the standard stall width (see ODS 5.1.5). ◄ 5’ min (exclusive of curbs/landings) City-required width plus 18” min Exhibit B Page 180 of 259 43CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5.1.7. Landscape islands, surface parking with more than 30 spaces. For surface parking lots with more than 30 parking spaces, a minimum 10 percent of the area of a surface parking lot shall be landscape islands, achieved by one of the following. a. The use of finger islands at endcaps and a landscape island every ten parking spaces. b. A minimum five-foot continuous landscape planter located within the center of parking rows, running between endcap finger islands. 5.1.8. Canopy trees at on-site surface parking. Projects shall incorporate one canopy tree for every three uncovered parking spaces and one canopy tree for every eight covered parking spaces. 5.1.9. Canopy tree distribution at on-site surface parking. Canopy trees at surface parking areas shall be uniformly distributed across the surface area of the lot so that no parking space is more than 30 feet from the center of a canopy tree. 5.1.10. Parking space building separation. Parking spaces shall be separated from buildings by a minimum five-foot wide pedestrian sidewalk and a minimum five-foot wide landscape strip, as measured from the curb face. 5.1.11. Pathways, surface lots with more than 50 spaces. For surface parking areas with more than 50 parking spaces, a minimum of one publicly-accessible pathway or sidewalk that provides access across the lot to a public sidewalk is required for each 200 feet of surface parking area fronting a public street. 5.1.12. Pathway enhancements, surface lots with more than 50 spaces. For surface parking areas with more than 50 parking spaces, enhanced or textured paving or striping shall be included where pedestrian crossing occurs. 5.2 5.2 MECHANICAL PARKING 5.2.1. Mechanical parking placement. Open-to-the-air mechanical parking spaces shall not be placed within 20 feet of a public street frontage. 5.2.2. Mechanical parking screening. Open-to-the-air mechanical parking spaces placed between 20 to 150 feet from a street frontage shall be minimally screened from the view of the public street by walls that are a minimum 15 percent open or transparent and no more than 40 percent open or transparent. Desert Museum Palo Verde canopy trees are planted in the landscape islands of this surface parking lot to increase shade. See ODS 5.1.8.◄The frequency of canopy trees in this surface parking lot provides more opportunities for shade. See ODS 5.1.9.◄This mechanical parking is placed behind the building it is serving so that it is not visible from the public street frontage. See ODS 5.2.2.◄This continuous landscape planter is located in between parking rows. See ODS 5.1.7(b).◄Exhibit B Page 181 of 259 44 Chapter 5: Parking ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5.2.3. Structures with mechanical parking. The design of fully enclosed buildings or structures that contain mechanical parking shall meet the Building Architecture Objective Design Standards in Chapter 4 of this policy. 5.3 5.3 PARKING SHELTERS 5.3.1. Parking shelter placement. No parking shelter shall be placed within a required setback. 5.3.2. Parking shelter materials and colors. When visible from a public right-of-way, parking shelters shall utilize the same colors and roof materials as the main buildings of a site. 5.3.3. Parking shelter length. No individual parking shelter shall exceed 65 feet in length. 5.4 5.4 PARKING GARAGES 5.4.1. Architectural continuity, parking garages. Parking garages and those portions of buildings that incorporate a parking garage occupancy shall be architecturally treated and meet the Building Architecture Objective Design Standards in Chapter 4 of this policy. 5.4.2. Vehicular entry gates. Any vehicular entry gate to a parking structure shall provide a minimum of 20 feet between the gate and the back of the sidewalk to minimize conflicts between sidewalk use by pedestrians and vehicle queuing. 5.4.3. Ground-floor openings at parking garages and utility and mechanical areas. Openings at parking garages and utility and mechanical rooms adjoining public street frontages shall be screened from view by at least one of the following. a. Vertical landscape and/or climbing vines on metal screens, and/or wires that cover at least 60 percent of the openings of any parking deck, and/or mechanical or utility room opening. b. Use of decorative, non-reflective metal grills, glass, or panels with a minimum opacity of 50 percent that cover at least 60 percent of the openings of any parking deck, and/or mechanical or utility room opening. This covered parking shelter uses the same orange-red as the main building facade, seen behind the shelter.◄Vehicles entering this multifamily building can queue in the covered passageway and turn right into the garage, avoiding blocking the sidewalk. See ODS 5.4.2.◄Decorative metal grills screen this parking opening from view along the street frontage. See ODS 5.4.3(b).◄◄Exhibit B Page 182 of 259 45CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5.5 5.5 BICYCLE PARKING 5.5.1. Short-term bicycle parking. Required bicycle racks for short- term parking shall be located within 50 feet of at least one public entrance to a multifamily or mixed-use building. 5.5.2. Long-term bicycle parking. Required long-term bicycle parking must be covered and secured and shall be located within 150 feet of at least one entrance to multifamily or mixed-use building. This multifamily development provides uncovered bike racks at the entrance to the building. See ODS 5.5.1. This multifamily building provides a dedicated indoor bicycle storage room. See ODS 5.5.2.◄◄Exhibit B Page 183 of 259 46 Chapter 5: Parking ODS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 This page is intentionally blank. Exhibit B Page 184 of 259 47CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 6 ODS Multifamily Compliance Checklist Mixed-Use Compliance Checklist COMPLIANCE CHECKLISTS 47CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 185 of 259 48 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Multifamily Compliance Checklist The Objective Design Standards (ODS) assist project applicants and designers to achieve multifamily design objectives. As a project is designed, applicants and designers must utilize the ODS outlined in Chapters 2-5 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards, as well as the Multifamily Compliance Checklist, to determine compliance in advance of submittal and formal review for compliance by the City. Applicants must fill out the sections of the following pages and check “compliance” or “not applicable (N/A)” as appropriate. In cases where an explanation is required, describe how the multifamily project complies with the ODS or how the ODS is not applicable to the project. If the applicant requires additional space for any explanation and/or chooses to illustrate compliance to an ODS, attachments may be submitted along with this form. Once the form is completed, it must be submitted to the City along with the application submittal package. The City will fill out the sections designated “City use only” in their review upon the applicant’s submission of this checklist and other application materials. CITY OF PALM DESERT PROJECT INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION Applicant Name: Please check one.Property Owner Design Firm/Architect Representative Other (please specify): Engineer Email: Phone: Proposed Project Name: Date: CITY USE ONLY OVERALL COMPLIANCE FINDING City Comments (Optional):Reviewed by: YES:NO: Date: Exhibit B Page 186 of 259 49CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MULTIFAMILY PROJECT SITE DESIGN New multifamily projects shall meet all of the below Project Site standards per Chapter 2 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 2.1. PROJECT FRONTAGE 2.1. PROJECT FRONTAGE ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.1.1.Max. frontage length without break. 30’ wide open-to-the-sky landscaped open space separating public-facing street frontages longer than 450’. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 2.2. PROJECT ORIENTATION 2.2. PROJECT ORIENTATION ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.2.1.Project orientation. Select a minimum of two of the following: a. Min. 20’ deep landscaped setback, parallel to project frontage, with 30’ on-center shade trees within the first 20’ of depth along public street frontage. b. Min. one, 20’ in depth open space, sized according to the table in Section 2.2b. c. Max. 42” fences, walls, and/or permanent planter boxes to not exceed 20% of total public street frontage length. d. Use of a ground-level design component listed in Section 2.2d within 10’ of public-street- facing frontage setback and along min. 20% of the total public-street-facing frontage. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 187 of 259 50 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.3. PROJECT FENCES AND WALLS 2.3. PROJECT FENCES AND WALLS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.3.1.Fence and wall placement. Select the appropriate placement requirement from the options below. a. Project lot size < 15,000 SF: no fence, wall, or gate placed within required front-yard setback. b. Project lot size greater than 15,000 SF and less than 1 acre: no fence, wall, or gate placed within frontage setback along public streets. Fences, walls, and gates greater than 42” and behind frontage setback not to exceed 60% of frontage length. c. Project lot size > 1 acre: no fence, wall, or gate placed within frontage setback along public streets. Fences, walls, and gates greater than 42” and behind frontage setback not to exceed 80% of frontage length. 2.3.2.Fence and wall modulation. Select one of the following: a. Change in material every 150’ of fence wall. b. Offset every 18” or pilaster every 150’ of fence wall. 2.3.3.Fence and wall materials. Select fence or wall material(s) used. a. Aluminum, painted. b. Brick. c. Concrete. d. Metal tube. e. Stone, face stone, and/or veneer stone. f. Wrought iron. 2.3.4.Rear and interior side yard fences and walls. Min. 5’ height for all fences and walls enclosing rear and interior side yards. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 188 of 259 51CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.4. PROJECT ENTRIES 2.4. PROJECT ENTRIES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.4.1.Publicly visible gate or door. Min. 1 publicly visible gate or door that provides direct entry to a building or open space, within 60’ of the curb of a public street or public vehicular drop off point. 2.4.2.Number of project entries. Select the appropriate minimum number of project entries requirement from the options below. a. Public street frontage < 150 ft.: min. 1 project entry. b. Public street frontage greater than 150 ft. and less than 450 ft: min. 2 project entries. c. Public street frontage > 450 ft: 2 project entries for each 450 of total length up to a total length of 1,350 feet. 2.4.3.Pedestrian entrances. Min. 1 for each 450’ total frontage along public streets. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 189 of 259 52 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.5. PROJECT SIDEWALKS AND PATHWAYS 2.5. PROJECT SIDEWALKS AND PATHWAYS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.5.1.Site connectivity, public sidewalks. All on- site buildings, entries, facilities, amenities, and vehicular and bicycle parking areas are internally connected by on-site sidewalks and as-needed pathways. 2.5.2.Site connectivity, public streets. Intersecting public and private streets, access drives, drive aisles, alleys, and marked crosswalks link to all public streets adjoining the project. 2.5.3.Sidewalk width. On-site sidewalks are a min. 5’ in unobstructed width. 2.5.4.Parkways. Min. 5’ width, provided along at least one side of awll on-sire sidewalks and pathways. 2.5.5 Landscape parkways. Min. 5’ width, provided along both sides of the sidewalk or parkway if on-site sidewalk or pathways is provided within a required public street frontage or setback that is > 20’ in depth. 2.5.6.Landscape parkway with ground-floor architectural component. Min. 1 parkway required if at least one of the architectural components is placed along 60% of the ground floor building frontage that adjoins a public street, required front yard, or public street frontage setback. a. Stoops b. Min. 8’-clear depth porches c. Arcades, galleries, and/or ramadas d. Min. 8’ depth recesses e. Min. 30” depth overhangs, trellises, and/or awnings 2.5.7.Driveway access and sidewalks. Vehicular driveways that access any public right-of-way are adjoined by sidewalks with a 4’ wide, curb- adjacent landscape area on at least one side of the vehicular access drive. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 190 of 259 53CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.6. PROJECT CURB CUTS, VEHICULAR 2.6. PROJECT CURB CUTS, VEHICULAR ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.6.1.Number of project entries. Select the appropriate requirement from the options below. a. Public street frontage between 50 and 150 ft: max. 1 curb cut. b. Public street frontage greater than 450 ft: max. 1 curb cut for each 450’ of public street frontage. 2.6.2.Curb cut width. Max. 36’ width curb cut if public street frontage is less than 450’ in length. 2.6.3.Curb cut medians. If site requires more than a 36’ curb cut, it is divided with a min. 5’ width median such that each segment of the curb cut is a max. 36’ in width. 2.6.4.Curb cuts, parking area. Max. 24’ in width if curb cut leads to a parking area with less than 25 parking spaces. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 2.7. PROJECT ALLEYS 2.7. PROJECT ALLEYS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.7.1.Alley entry. Projects abutting an ally provide all vehicular access from the alley. 2.7.2.Alley parkways. If a new alley >30’ in width is provided, at least 1, min. 5’ landscaped parkway provided along 70% of the total length of the alley, exclusive driveway curb cut lengths, garages, required red curbs for fire access, and vehicular access aisles. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 191 of 259 54 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MULTIFAMILY LANDSCAPE AND OPEN SPACE DESIGN New multifamily projects shall meet all of the below Project Landscape and Open Space standards per Chapter 3 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 3.1. SITE LANDSCAPING 3.1. SITE LANDSCAPING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.1.1.Frontages. All frontages adjoining public and private streets are landscaped. 3.1.2.Setbacks. All front yard, side yard, street- facing side yard, and rear yard setbacks are landscaped. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.3. CANOPY TREES 3.3. CANOPY TREES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.3.1.Canopy trees at public street-adjoining frontages. Min. 1 irrigated, 24” box tree planted a max. 30’ on center along frontages adjoining public streets. 3.3.2. Canopy trees at front yards. Where front yard setback is required, min. 1 irrigated, 24” box tree planted for each 900 SF of setback area. 3.3.5. Canopy trees selection. Select a min. 3 of the following species utilized along frontages adjoining public streets and public right-of- ways, with no more than 50% of all selected canopy trees comprising of the same species. a. ‘Desert Museum’ Palo Verde. Parkinsonia (Cercidium) x ‘Desert Museum.’ b. Ironwood. Olneya tesota. c. Palo Brea. Parkinsonia praecox. d. Sweet Acacia. Acacia smallii. e. Texas Ebony. Pithecellobium flexicaule. f. Thornless Cascalote. Caesalpinia cacalaco ‘Smoothie.’ CANOPY TREES CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 192 of 259 55CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.3. CANOPY TREES (CONT.)3.3. CANOPY TREES (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.3.5.Canopy tree shade on sidewalks. All canopy trees planted within required frontages and front yard setbacks with sidewalks and pathways cast shade on the sidewalk for a min. 3 hours a day during the months of June, July, and August within 5 years of planting. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.4. SPECIMEN TREES 3.4. SPECIMEN TREES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.4.1. Specimen trees at frontage areas. Min. 1 irrigated, 24” box specimen tree planted for each 900 SF of frontage adjoining a public street and/or right-of-way. 3.4.2.Specimen trees selection. Select a min. 2 of the following species, with no more than 50% of all selected specimen trees planted in required frontages adjoining public streets and public right-of-ways comprising the same species. a. Smoke Tree. Psorothamnus (Dalea) spinosus. b. Honey Mesquite. Prosopis glandulosa. Must be a thornless cultivar inclusive of Prosopis glandulosa ‘Maverick’ or Prosopis glandulosa ‘AZT.’ c. Soaptree. Yucca elata. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 193 of 259 56 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 3.5. SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS 3.5. SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.5.1.Shrub and perennial groundcover. Ground surfaces in required frontages without inorganic groundcover are covered by live plant material within 5 years of planting. 3.5.2.Shrub and perennial groundcover selection. Select min. 5 species from list of drought- tolerant shrub and perennial groundcover in ODS 3.14., with max. 30% of all live plant material comprising of the same species and a min. 3 selected species are woody plants. 3.5.3.Use of thorned, serrated-edged, sharp-toothed, or sharp-edged plant materials. Planted more than 2’ from a sidewalk or pathway and more than 10’ from a children’s play area. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.6. INORGANIC GROUNDCOVER 3.6. INORGANIC GROUNDCOVER ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.6.1.Inorganic groundcover. Max. 50% ground surfaces within required frontages adjoining public streets and front yard setbacks covered with gravel, cobble, or boulders. 3.6.2.Gravel and cobble type. Min. 1 type of gravel and min. 1 type of cobble with max. 50% of all surfaces comprising the same material. 3.6.3.Groundcover placement. Planted next to and not within a bed of cobble. 3.6.4.Inorganic groundcover color. Inorganic material utilized within a required frontage adjoining a public street or right-of-way shall be of a color and value that reflects more light than it absorbs. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 194 of 259 57CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 3.7. BOULDERS 3.7. BOULDERS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.7.1.Required boulders. Min. 1 boulder for each 500 SF of continuous area of parkway and landscaped setback area. 3.7.2.Irregular spacing. Boulders are spaced irregularly. 3.7.3.Buried below grade. Bottom third of boulders are buried below grade. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.8. ON -SITE LIGHTING 3.8. ON-SITE LIGHTING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.8.1.Dark-sky compliant. Exterior lighting is dark- sky compliant and/or fully shielded. 3.8.2.Fully shielded. Exterior lighting is fully shielded and arranged so that light source cannot be viewed directly. 3.8.3.Uplighting. Prohibited, unless used to feature an architectural or landscape element pursuant to Section 24.16.020 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code. 3.8.4.Lighting angle below the horizon. Exterior lighting restrains light from source to a min. 30° below horizontal plane of light source. 3.8.5.Pedestrian-oriented lighting, location. Provided along all on-site sidewalks and pathways and exterior amenity spaces. 3.8.6.Pedestrian oriented lighting, placement. Spaced a max. 30 lineal feet on center. 3.8.7.Pedestrian-oriented lighting, illumination. Min. 1’ candle on all on-site sidewalks, walkways, pathways, and paseos. 3.8.8.Stand-alone exterior lighting. Min. 3’ and max. 14’ in height. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 195 of 259 58 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES 3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.9.1.Passive amenities. Select the appropriate requirement per the options below. a. Less than 20 DUs: min. 1 required passive amenity b. Between 20-50 DUs: min. 2 required passive amenities c. Between 51-99 DUs: min. 3 required passive amenities d. 100 DUs and greater: min. 4 required passive amenities 3.9.2.Types of passive amenities. Select from the list below. a. Gazebo b. Picnic shelter c. Water feature d. Seating area(s) with benches and/ or loose chairs a min. 12’ wide in one dimension and 144 SD in area per below: i. Less than 20 DUs: 1 required seating area ii. Between 20-50 DUs: 2 required seating areas iii. Between 51-99 DUs: 3 required seating areas iv. 100 DUs and greater: 4 required seating areas e. Seating walls a min. 8’ in length per below: i. Less than 20 DUs: 1 required seating wall ii. Between 20-50 DUs: 2 required seating walls iii. Between 51-99 DUs: 3 required seating walls iv. 100 DUs and greater: 4 required seating walls PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 196 of 259 59CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES (CONT.)3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.9.3.Active amenities. Select the appropriate requirement per the options below. a. Between 20-55 DUs: min. 2 required active amenities b. Between 51-99 DUs: min. 3 required active amenities c. 100 DUs: min. 4 required active amenities d. Between 101-149 DUs: min. 5 active amenities e. 150 DUs and greater: 1 additional active amenity for each additional 100 units 3.9.4.Types of passive amenities. Select from the list below. a. Barbecue b. Clubhouse and/or recreation room that opens onto an outdoor amenity area c. Community garden d. Court game facility e. Exercise area and/or par course f. Jogging and/or par course g. Pet area and/or run and/or wash h. Play area, children’s i. Pools j. Spas or hot tubs Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 197 of 259 60 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MULTIFAMILY BUILDING ARCHITECTURE DESIGN New multifamily projects shall meet all of the below Building Architecture standards per Chapter 4 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 4.1. BUILDING HEIGHT 4.1. BUILDING HEIGHT ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.1.1.Building height measurement along public streets. Max. building height within 150’ of the curb of a public street is established by a vertical measurement from the average elevation of the street curb adjacent to the property to the highest point of the structure. 4.1.2.Building height measurement adjoining a residential zoned property. Max. building height within 50’ of a residential zoned property line is established by a vertical measurement from the elevation of the finished grade along the property line of the residential zoned property or the finished grade along the property line of the project site, whichever is lower in elevation, to the highest point of the roof of the structure. 4.1.3.Transitional height abutting a single-family zoned property. If building abuts or is across a right-of-way from a single-family zoned property, the allowed building height is modulated by an inward-leaning 45° angled plane inclined towards the building as measured from a horizontal plane originating 15’ above grade at the abutting property line. 4.1.4.Maximum building height at public-street- facing frontages. Select the appropriate requirement per options below. a. Building distance from street-facing setback is < 30 ft: max. building height is 24’ and 2-stories with flat roof b. Building distance from street-facing setback is > 30 ft: max. building height per Municipal Code If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 198 of 259 61CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.2. BUILDING LENGTH 4.2. BUILDING LENGTH ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.2.1.Building wall, maximum length. Max. 425’ in length. 4.2.2.Building breaks, open to the sky. Min. 30’ open-to-the-sky separation provided when building breaks are required, programmed as either public/private rights-of-way, courts, passageways, paseos, and/or other active and/ or passive landscaped open spaces. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 199 of 259 62 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.3. BUILDING MODULATION 4.3. BUILDING MODULATION ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.3.1.Building modulation. Select at least two of the following. a. Min. 6’ clear width ground-level arcades, open-to-the-air galleries, colonnades, porches, recesses, ramadas, and trellis structures placed along a min. 80% ground floor length of two building faces. b. Min. 8’ length and min. 3’ depth open-to-the-sky recesses for each 50’ of building wall length. c. Major and minor massing, with wall area of the minor massing a max. 40% of total wall area. d. Min. 6’ clear width setback of top floor along at least 2 sides of the building. e. Sun-screening elements on windows, doors, and openings at south- and west-facing building walls. f. Min. 15% of building walls are covered and open-to-the-air balconies. g. Roof overhangs or projections that provide a min. 8’ of vertical shaded wall at noon on the summer solstice. h. Vertical and irrigated landscaping located within 5’ of a wall, screens min. 2 walls and 30% of structure perimeter, and min. 20’ height after 5 years of growth. i. Min. 2 wall materials, first material a max. 30% of total wall area and second material a max. 70% of total wall area. j. Building footprint immediately below top floor is max. 80% of the building footprint immediately below. k. Min. 1 tower element that is max. half of the floor-to-floor height of the tallest building story, and recessed or projected from the rest of the building mass by a min. 2’. BUILDING MODULATION CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 200 of 259 63CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 BUILDING MODULATION (CONT.)BUILDING MODULATION (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.3.2.Vehicle entrances. If vehicle entries are incorporated into a building wall facing a public street, select at least two of the following. a. Vehicle entrance set back a min. 20’ from the back of sidewalk or required setback, whichever results in the furthest distance from the public street. b. Where a pedestrian entrance is provided adjacent to the garage opening, a min. 5’ wide sidewalk leading to the public street and sidewalk. c. Min. one, 5’ width landscaped area adjoining the vehicle access drive and leading from the public street to the garage entrance. 4.3.3.Upper story floor area limit. Top story gross area of buildings are a max. 80% of the floor immediately below. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 201 of 259 64 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.4. BUILDING ROOFS 4.4. BUILDING ROOFS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.4.1.Roof types. Select from the options below. a. Butterfly roof b. Clerestory roof c. Conical roof d. Cross-hipped roof e. Curved/barrel vaulted roof f. Dome roof g. Flat roof h. Gable roof i. Hexagonal roof j. Hip and valley roof k. Intersecting gable roof l. Hip roof m. M-shaped roof n. Monitor roof o. Pyramid hip roof p. Sawtooth roof q. Skillion roof r. Shed roof 4.4.2.Roof slopes. Pitch of sloped roofs, other than conical, curved/barrel vaulted, or dome roofs, is min. 2:12 and max. 4:12. 4.4.3.Sloped roof materials. Select one. a. Concrete or lightweight concrete tile. b. Metal that is non-reflective. c. Solar panel tiles, solar roof tiles, or solar shingles. d. Natural tone or slate tile. e. Terracotta tile or simulated terracotta tile. 4.4.4.Prohibited roof materials. Asphalt-shingle roofs, glass roofs or skylights comprising of more than 10% of the total gross area of the floor below, and corrugated metal roofing are not utilized in the project. 4.4.5.Flat roof modulation. Modulate the roof vertically a min. 42” at least once every 50’. BUILDING ROOFS CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 202 of 259 65CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.4. BUILDING ROOFS (CONT.)4.4. BUILDING ROOFS (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.4.6.Greenhouses. Exempt from roof type, slope, modulation, and materials requirements if total floor area of the greenhouse is < 10% of the total gross floor area of the building. 4.4.7.Parapet return. Parapets that extend beyond the wall plane must return and extend a min. 6’ past the wall plane and inwards towards the building. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS 4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.5.1.Building wall materials. Select at least two of the following. a. Cementitious or acrylic stucco, or an exterior insulating and finish system with a cementitious finish. b. 2 stucco textures. If a float finish is utilized for one of the stucco textures, the second stucco texture is a float or dash finish stucco and utilized for a min. 10% of the total wall area. c. 2 stucco colors with min. 1 of the stucco colors utilized at a min. 10% of the total wall area. d. Non-reflective metal panels. e. Natural stone or manufactured stone veneer at a min. 10% of the total wall area. f. Terra cotta tile and/or rain screens. g. Colored precision block, glazed block, face brick, face stone, split face block, shot blast block, or slump stone at a min. 10% of the total wall area. BUILDING MATERIALS CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 203 of 259 66 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.6. BUILDING OPENINGS 4.6. BUILDING OPENINGS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.6.1.Ground-level architectural component. Min. 6’ clear depth and min. 7’ height along a min. 30% of the building length. 4.6.2.Upper-level glazing. Min. 15% and max. 30% transparent glazing and/or openings at building walls above the ground level. 4.6.3.Openings. Min. 15% and max. 40% of total wall area above the first level. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). 4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS (CONT.)4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.5.2.Wall material transitions. Select at least one of the following methodologies when transitioning between different materials and colors. a. An inside corner where planes intersect. b. A reveal, projecting band, and/or planar offset to mark the transition between the base, middle, and top of the building. c. Use of a building detail and/or habitable or decorative projections. d. Utilization of recesses or projections at windows a min. 3” in depth at all windows and openings. e. An offset in a plane where the material transition or color occurs with a min. 5” depth. 4.5.3.Prohibited wall materials. Project is not a 100% glass building. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 204 of 259 67CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.8. BUILDING WINDOWS 4.8. BUILDING WINDOWS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.8.1.Window and door details. Select at least two of the following. a. 3 distinct window sizes. b. Shading devices that create a distinct shadow line at a min. 60% of openings. c. Recesses or projections a min. 3” in depth at a min. 60% of all openings. d. Min. 4”-width trim around opening that creates a projection or recess no less than 2” in depth. e. Use of metal-clad, thermally-broken metal or steel, and/or wood windows or doors at all openings. f. Exterior shades. 4.8.2.Windows, storage, utilities, and screening. Interior or exterior screening for windows that open onto a utility or storage use or occupancy. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.9. BUILDING BALCONIES AND STAIRWELLS 4.9. BUILDING BALCONIES AND STAIRWELLS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.9.1.Balcony depth. Min. 6’ in clear depth. 4.9.2.Balcony design. Recessed or shaded by balconies or roof projections immediately above and/or by min. 4’ deep awnings, canopies, ramadas, recesses, and/or trellises. 4.9.3.Stairwells. Internal to the building, screened by materials with a 50% opacity. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 205 of 259 68 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.10. BUILDING UTILITIES 4.10. BUILDING UTILITIES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.10.1.Electrical utilities. Electrical utility equipment, electrical meters, and junction boxes placed within a utility room. 4.10.2.Mechanical and electrical equipment screening. Except for ground-mounted transformers, all mechanical equipment is fully screened from all views by one of the following: a. Solid parapets and/or walls that are a min. 1’ taller than the mechanical equipment. b. Louvers equipment boxes incorporated into a wall. c. Min. 50% opaque walls that are set within landscape areas, that in plan provide a min. 18” wide landscape border around the perimeter of at least 2 sides of the equipment pad. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.11. BUILDING FACADE COLORS 4.11. BUILDING FACADE COLORS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.11.1.Color palette. Neutral, earth tone, and/or neutral or earth tone Sonoran Desert regional colors, samples or printouts of which attached to the application and key to color use on elevation drawings. 4.11.2.Accent colors. Max. 10% building facade may be a color not considered neutral, earth tone, and/or Sonoran Desert color choice. 4.11.3.Prohibited colors. Black is only used as an accent color or a window, trim, fence, or gate color. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 206 of 259 69CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.12. BUILDING WATER DRAINAGE DEVICES 4.12. BUILDING WATER DRAINAGE DEVICES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.12.1.Water drainage devices. Gutters, downspouts, and other water drainage components are not visible from the exterior building walls facing public streets, be an unpainted neutral metal material, or be pained the same color of the immediately-adjoining facade. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.13. BUILDING TRASH/RECYCLING BINS AND ENCLOSURES 4.13. BUILDING TRASH/RECYCLING BINS AND ENCLOSURES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.13.1.Trash/recycling bin placement. Select the appropriate requirement per options below. a. Lots < 7,500 SF: trash/recycling bins are designated, open-to-the-sky enclosures permitted, but no trash/ recycling bin or enclosure placed in required setbacks or visible from the public street. b. Lots 22,500 SF > 7,500 SF: trash/ recycling bins placed within fully enclosed structures that may be open to the sky, are not visible from a public street, may project into a required side or rear yard setback but not placed within 5’ of a property line or within a setback adjacent to a public street or single-family lot. c. Lots > 22,500 SF: trash/recycling bins are designated, fully enclosed, may be open to the sky, but not placed within required setbacks or visible from a public street. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 207 of 259 70 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS 4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.14.1.Architectural continuity. Development projects with multiple buildings maintain architectural consistency through at least three of the following. a. Consistent use of roof forms and if sloped, roof materials and coloring at all buildings and accessory buildings. b. Consistent use of building overhangs, recesses, and architectural projections including porches, arcades, ramadas, galleries and building screening that create shade at south, east, and west facing facades. c. Consistent use of facade materials at all buildings and accessory buildings. d. Consistent use of color at all buildings and accessory buildings. e. Consistent use of proportions and details at min. 60% of building openings. f. Consistent use of sun shading architectural components at all buildings visible from a public street. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 208 of 259 71CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS (CONT.)4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.14.2.Inclusion of Palm Desert architectural and landscape components. Select at least four of the following. a. Buildings oriented on an east-west axis such that the wall area of both the east and west facades is a max. 60% of the area of the area of south facing walls. b. Site walls, building massing, and landscape windbreaks that protect project open spaces from west to east prevailing summer winds. c. Site walls, building massing, and landscape windbreaks that protect project open spaces from north to south prevailing winds that occur from mid-November through mid-February. d. Covered open-to-the-air arcades, colonnades, galleries, or other permanent coverings or projections that provide shade at all building walls visible from public streets. e. Overhangs or recesses at building entries that are a min. 4’ in clear depth. f. Min. 24” deep roof eaves. g. Use of natural stone or veneer stone at a min. 10% the total building wall area. h. Use of recessed windows at a min. 60% of openings. i. Use of shade trees at varying distances apart, but in no case more than 30’ on center, to shade the length of east-, south-, and west- facing building walls visible from a public street. j. Public street frontages that are a min. 20% greater than the otherwise required frontage, front yard, and street-facing side yard requirements. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 209 of 259 72 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MULTIFAMILY PARKING DESIGN New multifamily projects shall meet all of the below Parking standards per Chapter 5 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN 5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.1.1.Surface parking placement. No surface parking within a required public street frontage setback or between primary building frontages and the public street. 5.1.2.Surface parking visibility. Select one of the following. a. All surface parking lots are behind buildings. When more than 1 building is placed on a lot and the buildings screen the surface parking, a max. 30’ wide separation between buildings screening the surface parking. b. All surface parking lots behind a fence or wall. c. All surface lots behind a min. 10’ depth landscape buffer using bushes, hedges, and trees. 5.1.3.Surface parking along side or rear property lines. Min. 5’ width perimeter landscape strip along surface parking areas adjacent to side or rear property lines. 5.1.4.Landscape island dimensions. Min. 5’ in length or width exclusive of curbs and landings. 5.1.5.End parking stalls, width. Increased in City- required width by min. 18”. 5.1.6.Landscape islands, end parking stalls. All end parking stalls are adjacent to a landscaped island. 5.1.7.Landscape islands, surface parking with more than 30 spaces. Min. 10% of lot is landscape islands by one of the following. a. Use of finger islands at endcaps and a landscape island every 10 parking spaces. b. Min. 5’ continuous landscape planter located within the center of parking rows, running between endcap fingers and islands. 5.1.8.Canopy trees at on-site surface parking. Min. 1 canopy tree for every 3 uncovered parking spaces and 1 canopy tree for every 8 covered parking spaces. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 210 of 259 73CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN (CONT.)5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.1.9.Canopy tree distribution at on-site surface parking. Uniformly distributed across surface are of lot so that no parking space is more than 30’ from the center of a canopy tree. 5.1.10.Parking space building separation. Min. 5’ pedestrian sidewalk and min. 5’ wide landscape strip measured from the curb face separating parking spaces from buildings 5.1.11.Pathways, surface lots with more than 50 spaces. Min. 1 publicly-accessible pathway or sidewalk that provides access across the lot to a public sidewalk for each 200’ of surface parking area fronting a public street. 5.1.12.Pathway enhancements, surface lots with more than 50 spaces. Enhanced or textured paving or striping included where pedestrian crossing occurs. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 5.2. MECHANICAL PARKING 5.2. MECHANICAL PARKING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.2.1.Mechanical parking placement. Open-to-the- air mechanical parking placed more than 20’ from a public street frontage. 5.2.2.Mechanical parking screening. Open-to-the-air mechanical parking spaces placed between 20’-150’ from a street frontage are minimally screened from view of the public street by walls that are a min. 15% open/transparent and max. 40% open/transparent. 5.2.3.Structures with mechanical parking. Fully enclosed buildings with mechanical parking meet the Building Architecture ODS in Chapter 4 of the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards policy. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 211 of 259 74 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 5.3. PARKING SHELTERS 5.3. PARKING SHELTERS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.3.1.Parking shelter placement. No parking shelters within required setbacks. 5.3.2.Parking shelter materials and colors. When visible from a public right-of-way, parking shelters are the same colors and roof materials as the main buildings of a site. 5.3.3.Parking shelter length. Max. 65’ in length. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 5.4. PARKING GARAGES 5.4. PARKING GARAGES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.4.1.Architectural continuity, parking garages. Parking garages are architecturally treated and meet the Building Architecture ODS in Chapter 4 of the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards policy. 5.4.2.Vehicular entry gates. Min. 20’ between gate and back of the sidewalk. 5.4.3.Ground-floor openings at parking garages and utility and mechanical areas. Screen parking garages and utility/mechanical room openings from public street frontages with one of the following. a. Vertical landscape and/or climbing vines on metal screens, and/or wires that cover a min. 60% of the openings. b. Decorative, non-reflective metal grills, glass, or panels with a min. 50% opacity that covers a min. 60% of the openings. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 212 of 259 75CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 5.5. BICYCLE PARKING 5.5. BICYCLE PARKING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.5.1.Short-term bicycle parking. Required bicycle racks located within 50’ of at least 1 public building entrance. 5.5.2.Long-term bicycle parking. Required bicycle racks are covered and secured, located within 150’ of at least one building entrance. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY FINAL APPLICANT COMMENTS (OPTIONAL)FINAL CITY COMMENTS (OPTIONAL) Exhibit B Page 213 of 259 76 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Mixed-Use Compliance Checklist The Objective Design Standards (ODS) assist project applicants and designers to achieve mixed-use design objectives. As a project is designed, applicants and designers must utilize the ODS outlined in Chapters 2-5 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards, as well as the Mixed-Use Compliance Checklist, to determine compliance in advance of submittal and formal review for compliance by the City. Applicants must fill out the sections of the following pages and check “compliance” or “not applicable (N/A)” as appropriate. In cases where an explanation is required, describe how the mixed-use project complies with the ODS or how the ODS is not applicable to the project. If the applicant requires additional space for any explanation and/or chooses to illustrate compliance to an ODS, attachments may be submitted along with this form. Once the form is completed, it must be submitted to the City along with the application submittal package. The City will fill out the sections designated “City use only” in their review upon the applicant’s submission of this checklist and other application materials. CITY OF PALM DESERT PROJECT INFORMATION CONTACT INFORMATION Applicant Name: Please check one.Property Owner Design Firm/Architect Representative Other (please specify): Engineer Email: Phone: Proposed Project Name: Date: CITY USE ONLY OVERALL COMPLIANCE FINDING City Comments (Optional):Reviewed by: YES:NO: Date: Exhibit B Page 214 of 259 77CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MIXED-USE PROJECT SITE DESIGN New mixed-use projects shall meet all of the below Project Site standards per Chapter 2 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 2.1 PROJECT FRONTAGE 2.1 PROJECT FRONTAGE ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.1.1.Max. frontage length without break. 30’ wide open-to-the-sky landscaped open space separating public-facing street frontages longer than 450’. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 2.2 PROJECT ORIENTATION 2.2 PROJECT ORIENTATION ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.2.1.Project orientation. Select a minimum of two of the following: a. Min. 20’ deep landscaped setback, parallel to project frontage, with 30’ on-center shade trees within the first 20’ of depth along public street frontage. b. Min. one, 20’ in depth open space, sized according to the table in Section 2.2b. c. Max. 42” fences, walls, and/or permanent planter boxes to not exceed 20% of total public street frontage length. d. Use of a ground-level design component listed in Section 2.2d within 10’ of public-street- facing frontage setback and along min. 20% of the total public-street-facing frontage. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 215 of 259 78 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.3 PROJECT FENCES AND WALLS 2.3 PROJECT FENCES AND WALLS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.3.1.Fence and wall placement. Select the appropriate placement requirement from the options below. a. Project lot size < 15,000 SF: no fence, wall, or gate placed within required front-yard setback. b. Project lot size greater than 15,000 SF and less than 1 acre: no fence, wall, or gate placed within frontage setback along public streets. Fences, walls, and gates greater than 42” and behind frontage setback not to exceed 60% of frontage length. c. Project lot size > 1 acre: no fence, wall, or gate placed within frontage setback along public streets. Fences, walls, and gates greater than 42” and behind frontage setback not to exceed 80% of frontage length. 2.3.2.Fence and wall modulation. Select one of the following: a. Change in material every 150’ of fence wall. b. Offset every 18” or pilaster every 150’ of fence wall. 2.3.3.Fence and wall materials. Select fence or wall material(s) used. a. Aluminum, painted. b. Brick. c. Concrete. d. Metal tube. e. Stone, face stone, and/or veneer stone. f. Wrought iron. 2.3.4.Rear and interior side yard fences and walls. Min. 5’ height for all fences and walls enclosing rear and interior side yards. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 216 of 259 79CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.4 PROJECT ENTRIES 2.4 PROJECT ENTRIES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.4.1.Publicly visible gate or door. Min. 1 publicly visible gate or door that provides direct entry to a building or open space, within 60’ of the curb of a public street or public vehicular drop off point. 2.4.2.Number of project entries. Select the appropriate minimum number of project entries requirement from the options below. a. Public street frontage < 150 ft.: min. 1 project entry. b. Public street frontage greater than 150 ft. and less than 450 ft: min. 2 project entries. c. Public street frontage > 450 ft: 2 project entries for each 450 of total length up to a total length of 1,350 feet. 2.4.3.Pedestrian entrances. Min. 1 for each 450’ total frontage along public streets. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 217 of 259 80 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.5 PROJECT SIDEWALKS AND PATHWAYS 2.5 PROJECT SIDEWALKS AND PATHWAYS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.5.1.Site connectivity, public sidewalks. All on- site buildings, entries, facilities, amenities, and vehicular and bicycle parking areas are internally connected by on-site sidewalks and as-needed pathways. 2.5.2.Site connectivity, public streets. Intersecting public and private streets, access drives, drive aisles, alleys, and marked crosswalks link to all public streets adjoining the project. 2.5.3.Sidewalk width. On-site sidewalks are a min. 5’ in unobstructed width. 2.5.4.Parkways. Min. 5’ width, provided along at least one side of awll on-sire sidewalks and pathways. 2.5.5 Landscape parkways. Min. 5’ width, provided along both sides of the sidewalk or parkway if on-site sidewalk or pathways is provided within a required public street frontage or setback that is > 20’ in depth. 2.5.6.Landscape parkway with ground-floor architectural component. Min. 1 parkway required if at least one of the architectural components is placed along 60% of the ground floor building frontage that adjoins a public street, required front yard, or public street frontage setback. a. Stoops b. Min. 8’-clear depth porches c. Arcades, galleries, and/or ramadas d. Min. 8’ depth recesses e. Min. 30” depth overhangs, trellises, and/or awnings 2.5.7.Driveway access and sidewalks. Vehicular driveways that access any public right-of-way are adjoined by sidewalks with a 4’ wide, curb- adjacent landscape area on at least one side of the vehicular access drive. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 218 of 259 81CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 2.6 PROJECT CURB CUTS, VEHICULAR 2.6 PROJECT CURB CUTS, VEHICULAR ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.6.1.Number of project entries. Select the appropriate requirement from the options below. a. Public street frontage between 50 and 150 ft: max. 1 curb cut. b. Public street frontage greater than 450 ft: max. 1 curb cut for each 450’ of public street frontage. 2.6.2.Curb cut width. Max. 36’ width curb cut if public street frontage is less than 450’ in length. 2.6.3.Curb cut medians. If site requires more than a 36’ curb cut, it is divided with a min. 5’ width median such that each segment of the curb cut is a max. 36’ in width. 2.6.4.Curb cuts, parking area. Max. 24’ in width if curb cut leads to a parking area with less than 25 parking spaces. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 2.7 PROJECT ALLEYS 2.7 PROJECT ALLEYS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 2.7.1.Alley entry. Projects abutting an ally provide all vehicular access from the alley. 2.7.2.Alley parkways. If a new alley >30’ in width is provided, at least 1, min. 5’ landscaped parkway provided along 70% of the total length of the alley, exclusive driveway curb cut lengths, garages, required red curbs for fire access, and vehicular access aisles. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 219 of 259 82 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MIXED-USE LANDSCAPE AND OPEN SPACE DESIGN New mixed-use projects shall meet all of the below Project Landscape and Open Space standards per Chapter 3 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 3.1. SITE LANDSCAPING 3.1. SITE LANDSCAPING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.1.1.Frontages. All frontages adjoining public and private streets are landscaped. 3.1.2.Setbacks. All front yard, side yard, street- facing side yard, and rear yard setbacks are landscaped. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.3. CANOPY TREES 3.3. CANOPY TREES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.3.1.Canopy trees at public street-adjoining frontages. Min. 1 irrigated, 24” box tree planted a max. 30’ on center along frontages adjoining public streets. 3.3.2. Canopy trees at front yards. Where front yard setback is required, min. 1 irrigated, 24” box tree planted for each 900 SF of setback area. 3.3.5. Canopy trees selection. Select a min. 3 of the following species utilized along frontages adjoining public streets and public right-of- ways, with no more than 50% of all selected canopy trees comprising of the same species. a. ‘Desert Museum’ Palo Verde. Parkinsonia (Cercidium) x ‘Desert Museum.’ b. Ironwood. Olneya tesota. c. Palo Brea. Parkinsonia praecox. d. Sweet Acacia. Acacia smallii. e. Texas Ebony. Pithecellobium flexicaule. f. Thornless Cascalote. Caesalpinia cacalaco ‘Smoothie.’ CANOPY TREES CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 220 of 259 83CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.3. CANOPY TREES (CONT.)3.3. CANOPY TREES (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.3.5.Canopy tree shade on sidewalks. All canopy trees planted within required frontages and front yard setbacks with sidewalks and pathways cast shade on the sidewalk for a min. 3 hours a day during the months of June, July, and August within 5 years of planting. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.4. SPECIMEN TREES 3.4. SPECIMEN TREES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.4.1. Specimen trees at frontage areas. Min. 1 irrigated, 24” box specimen tree planted for each 900 SF of frontage adjoining a public street and/or right-of-way. 3.4.2.Specimen trees selection. Select a min. 2 of the following species, with no more than 50% of all selected specimen trees planted in required frontages adjoining public streets and public right-of-ways comprising the same species. a. Smoke Tree. Psorothamnus (Dalea) spinosus. b. Honey Mesquite. Prosopis glandulosa. Must be a thornless cultivar inclusive of Prosopis glandulosa ‘Maverick’ or Prosopis glandulosa ‘AZT.’ c. Soaptree. Yucca elata. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 221 of 259 84 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 3.5. SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS 3.5. SHRUBS AND PERENNIALS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.5.1.Shrub and perennial groundcover. Ground surfaces in required frontages without inorganic groundcover are covered by live plant material within 5 years of planting. 3.5.2.Shrub and perennial groundcover selection. Select min. 5 species from list of drought- tolerant shrub and perennial groundcover in ODS 3.14., with max. 30% of all live plant material comprising of the same species and a min. 3 selected species are woody plants. 3.5.3.Use of thorned, serrated-edged, sharp-toothed, or sharp-edged plant materials. Planted more than 2’ from a sidewalk or pathway and more than 10’ from a children’s play area. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.6. INORGANIC GROUNDCOVER 3.6. INORGANIC GROUNDCOVER ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.6.1.Inorganic groundcover. Max. 50% ground surfaces within required frontages adjoining public streets and front yard setbacks covered with gravel, cobble, or boulders. 3.6.2.Gravel and cobble type. Min. 1 type of gravel and min. 1 type of cobble with max. 50% of all surfaces comprising the same material. 3.6.3.Groundcover placement. Planted next to and not within a bed of cobble. 3.6.4.Inorganic groundcover color. Inorganic material utilized within a required frontage adjoining a public street or right-of-way shall be of a color and value that reflects more light than it absorbs. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 222 of 259 85CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 3.7. BOULDERS 3.7. BOULDERS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.7.1.Required boulders. Min. 1 boulder for each 500 SF of continuous area of parkway and landscaped setback area. 3.7.2.Irregular spacing. Boulders are spaced irregularly. 3.7.3.Buried below grade. Bottom third of boulders are buried below grade. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 3.8. ON -SITE LIGHTING 3.8. ON-SITE LIGHTING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.8.1.Dark-sky compliant. Exterior lighting is dark- sky compliant and/or fully shielded. 3.8.2.Fully shielded. Exterior lighting is fully shielded and arranged so that light source cannot be viewed directly. 3.8.3.Uplighting. Prohibited, unless used to feature an architectural or landscape element pursuant to Section 24.16.020 of the Palm Desert Municipal Code. 3.8.4.Lighting angle below the horizon. Exterior lighting restrains light from source to a min. 30° below horizontal plane of light source. 3.8.5.Pedestrian-oriented lighting, location. Provided along all on-site sidewalks and pathways and exterior amenity spaces. 3.8.6.Pedestrian oriented lighting, placement. Spaced a max. 30 lineal feet on center. 3.8.7.Pedestrian-oriented lighting, illumination. Min. 1’ candle on all on-site sidewalks, walkways, pathways, and paseos. 3.8.8.Stand-alone exterior lighting. Min. 3’ and max. 14’ in height. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 223 of 259 86 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES 3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.9.1.Passive amenities. Select the appropriate requirement per the options below. a. Less than 20 DUs: min. 1 required passive amenity b. Between 20-50 DUs: min. 2 required passive amenities c. Between 51-99 DUs: min. 3 required passive amenities d. 100 DUs and greater: min. 4 required passive amenities 3.9.2.Types of passive amenities. Select from the list below. a. Gazebo b. Picnic shelter c. Water feature d. Seating area(s) with benches and/ or loose chairs a min. 12’ wide in one dimension and 144 SD in area per below: i. Less than 20 DUs: 1 required seating area ii. Between 20-50 DUs: 2 required seating areas iii. Between 51-99 DUs: 3 required seating areas iv. 100 DUs and greater: 4 required seating areas e. Seating walls a min. 8’ in length per below: i. Less than 20 DUs: 1 required seating wall ii. Between 20-50 DUs: 2 required seating walls iii. Between 51-99 DUs: 3 required seating walls iv. 100 DUs and greater: 4 required seating walls PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 224 of 259 87CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES (CONT.)3.9. PASSIVE AND ACTIVE AMENITIES (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 3.9.3.Active amenities. Select the appropriate requirement per the options below. a. Between 20-55 DUs: min. 2 required active amenities b. Between 51-99 DUs: min. 3 required active amenities c. 100 DUs: min. 4 required active amenities d. Between 101-149 DUs: min. 5 active amenities e. 150 DUs and greater: 1 additional active amenity for each additional 100 units 3.9.4.Types of passive amenities. Select from the list below. a. Barbecue b. Clubhouse and/or recreation room that opens onto an outdoor amenity area c. Community garden d. Court game facility e. Exercise area and/or par course f. Jogging and/or par course g. Pet area and/or run and/or wash h. Play area, children’s i. Pools j. Spas or hot tubs Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 225 of 259 88 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MIXED-USE BUILDING ARCHITECTURE DESIGN New mixed-use projects shall meet all of the below Building Architecture standards per Chapter 4 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 4.1. BUILDING HEIGHT 4.1. BUILDING HEIGHT ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.1.1.Building height measurement along public streets. Max. building height within 150’ of the curb of a public street is established by a vertical measurement from the average elevation of the street curb adjacent to the property to the highest point of the structure. 4.1.2.Building height measurement adjoining a residential zoned property. Max. building height within 50’ of a residential zoned property line is established by a vertical measurement from the elevation of the finished grade along the property line of the residential zoned property or the finished grade along the property line of the project site, whichever is lower in elevation, to the highest point of the roof of the structure. 4.1.3.Transitional height abutting a single-family zoned property. If building abuts or is across a right-of-way from a single-family zoned property, the allowed building height is modulated by an inward-leaning 45° angled plane inclined towards the building as measured from a horizontal plane originating 15’ above grade at the abutting property line. 4.1.4.Maximum building height at public-street- facing frontages. Select the appropriate requirement per options below. a. Building distance from street-facing setback is < 30 ft: max. building height is 24’ and 2-stories with flat roof b. Building distance from street-facing setback is > 30 ft: max. building height per Municipal Code If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 226 of 259 89CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.2. BUILDING LENGTH 4.2. BUILDING LENGTH ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.2.1.Building wall, maximum length. Max. 425’ in length. 4.2.2.Building breaks, open to the sky. Min. 30’ open-to-the-sky separation provided when building breaks are required, programmed as either public/private rights-of-way, courts, passageways, paseos, and/or other active and/ or passive landscaped open spaces. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 227 of 259 90 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.3. BUILDING MODULATION 4.3. BUILDING MODULATION ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.3.1.Building modulation. Select at least two of the following. a. Min. 6’ clear width ground-level arcades, open-to-the-air galleries, colonnades, porches, recesses, ramadas, and trellis structures placed along a min. 80% ground floor length of two building faces. b. Min. 8’ length and min. 3’ depth open-to-the-sky recesses for each 50’ of building wall length. c. Major and minor massing, with wall area of the minor massing a max. 40% of total wall area. d. Min. 6’ clear width setback of top floor along at least 2 sides of the building. e. Sun-screening elements on windows, doors, and openings at south- and west-facing building walls. f. Min. 15% of building walls are covered and open-to-the-air balconies. g. Roof overhangs or projections that provide a min. 8’ of vertical shaded wall at noon on the summer solstice. h. Vertical and irrigated landscaping located within 5’ of a wall, screens min. 2 walls and 30% of structure perimeter, and min. 20’ height after 5 years of growth. i. Min. 2 wall materials, first material a max. 30% of total wall area and second material a max. 70% of total wall area. j. Building footprint immediately below top floor is max. 80% of the building footprint immediately below. k. Min. 1 tower element that is max. half of the floor-to-floor height of the tallest building story, and recessed or projected from the rest of the building mass by a min. 2’. BUILDING MODULATION CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 228 of 259 91CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 BUILDING MODULATION (CONT.)BUILDING MODULATION (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.3.2.Vehicle entrances. If vehicle entries are incorporated into a building wall facing a public street, select at least two of the following. a. Vehicle entrance set back a min. 20’ from the back of sidewalk or required setback, whichever results in the furthest distance from the public street. b. Where a pedestrian entrance is provided adjacent to the garage opening, a min. 5’ wide sidewalk leading to the public street and sidewalk. c. Min. one, 5’ width landscaped area adjoining the vehicle access drive and leading from the public street to the garage entrance. 4.3.3.Upper story floor area limit. Top story gross area of buildings are a max. 80% of the floor immediately below. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 229 of 259 92 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.4. BUILDING ROOFS 4.4. BUILDING ROOFS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.4.1.Roof types. Select from the options below. a. Butterfly roof b. Clerestory roof c. Conical roof d. Cross-hipped roof e. Curved/barrel vaulted roof f. Dome roof g. Flat roof h. Gable roof i. Hexagonal roof j. Hip and valley roof k. Intersecting gable roof l. Hip roof m. M-shaped roof n. Monitor roof o. Pyramid hip roof p. Sawtooth roof q. Skillion roof r. Shed roof 4.4.2.Roof slopes. Pitch of sloped roofs, other than conical, curved/barrel vaulted, or dome roofs, is min. 2:12 and max. 4:12. 4.4.3.Sloped roof materials. Select one. a. Concrete or lightweight concrete tile. b. Metal that is non-reflective. c. Solar panel tiles, solar roof tiles, or solar shingles. d. Natural tone or slate tile. e. Terracotta tile or simulated terracotta tile. 4.4.4.Prohibited roof materials. Asphalt-shingle roofs, glass roofs or skylights comprising of more than 10% of the total gross area of the floor below, and corrugated metal roofing are not utilized in the project. 4.4.5.Flat roof modulation. Modulate the roof vertically a min. 42” at least once every 50’. BUILDING ROOFS CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 230 of 259 93CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 4.4. BUILDING ROOFS (CONT.)4.4. BUILDING ROOFS (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.4.6.Greenhouses. Exempt from roof type, slope, modulation, and materials requirements if total floor area of the greenhouse is < 10% of the total gross floor area of the building. 4.4.7.Parapet return. Parapets that extend beyond the wall plane must return and extend a min. 6’ past the wall plane and inwards towards the building. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS 4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.5.1.Building wall materials. Select at least two of the following. a. Cementitious or acrylic stucco, or an exterior insulating and finish system with a cementitious finish. b. 2 stucco textures. If a float finish is utilized for one of the stucco textures, the second stucco texture is a float or dash finish stucco and utilized for a min. 10% of the total wall area. c. 2 stucco colors with min. 1 of the stucco colors utilized at a min. 10% of the total wall area. d. Non-reflective metal panels. e. Natural stone or manufactured stone veneer at a min. 10% of the total wall area. f. Terra cotta tile and/or rain screens. g. Colored precision block, glazed block, face brick, face stone, split face block, shot blast block, or slump stone at a min. 10% of the total wall area. BUILDING MATERIALS CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 231 of 259 94 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.7. BUILDING OPENINGS 4.7. BUILDING OPENINGS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.7.1.Ground-level transparency or frontage component. Select at least one of the following. a. Min. 60% of total ground-level wall length glazing that is a min. 8’ tall. b. A min. 8’ clear depth architectural component along a min. 80% of wall length that faces a public street. 4.7.2.Upper-level glazing. Min. 15% glazing at building walls above the ground level. 4.7.3.Openings. Max. 60% of total wall area of any individual building face. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). 4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS (CONT.)4.5. BUILDING MATERIALS (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.5.2.Wall material transitions. Select at least one of the following methodologies when transitioning between different materials and colors. a. An inside corner where planes intersect. b. A reveal, projecting band, and/or planar offset to mark the transition between the base, middle, and top of the building. c. Use of a building detail and/or habitable or decorative projections. d. Utilization of recesses or projections at windows a min. 3” in depth at all windows and openings. e. An offset in a plane where the material transition or color occurs with a min. 5” depth. 4.5.3.Prohibited wall materials. Project is not a 100% glass building. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 232 of 259 95CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.8. BUILDING WINDOWS 4.8. BUILDING WINDOWS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.8.1.Window and door details. Select at least two of the following. a. 3 distinct window sizes. b. Shading devices that create a distinct shadow line at a min. 60% of openings. c. Recesses or projections a min. 3” in depth at a min. 60% of all openings. d. Min. 4”-width trim around opening that creates a projection or recess no less than 2” in depth. e. Use of metal-clad, thermally-broken metal or steel, and/or wood windows or doors at all openings. f. Exterior shades. 4.8.2.Windows, storage, utilities, and screening. Interior or exterior screening for windows that open onto a utility or storage use or occupancy. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.9. BUILDING BALCONIES AND STAIRWELLS 4.9. BUILDING BALCONIES AND STAIRWELLS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.9.1.Balcony depth. Min. 6’ in clear depth. 4.9.2.Balcony design. Recessed or shaded by balconies or roof projections immediately above and/or by min. 4’ deep awnings, canopies, ramadas, recesses, and/or trellises. 4.9.3.Stairwells. Internal to the building, screened by materials with a 50% opacity. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 233 of 259 96 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.10. BUILDING UTILITIES 4.10. BUILDING UTILITIES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.10.1.Electrical utilities. Electrical utility equipment, electrical meters, and junction boxes placed within a utility room. 4.10.2.Mechanical and electrical equipment screening. Except for ground-mounted transformers, all mechanical equipment is fully screened from all views by one of the following: a. Solid parapets and/or walls that are a min. 1’ taller than the mechanical equipment. b. Louvers equipment boxes incorporated into a wall. c. Min. 50% opaque walls that are set within landscape areas, that in plan provide a min. 18” wide landscape border around the perimeter of at least 2 sides of the equipment pad. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.11. BUILDING FACADE COLORS 4.11. BUILDING FACADE COLORS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.11.1.Color palette. Neutral, earth tone, and/or neutral or earth tone Sonoran Desert regional colors, samples or printouts of which attached to the application and key to color use on elevation drawings. 4.11.2.Accent colors. Max. 10% building facade may be a color not considered neutral, earth tone, and/or Sonoran Desert color choice. 4.11.3.Prohibited colors. Black is only used as an accent color or a window, trim, fence, or gate color. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 234 of 259 97CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY BUILDING WATER DRAINAGE DEVICES BUILDING WATER DRAINAGE DEVICES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.37.Water drainage devices. Gutters, downspouts, and other water drainage components, with the exception of required overflow devices, are not visible from the exterior building walls facing public streets. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 4.13. BUILDING TRASH/RECYCLING BINS AND ENCLOSURES 4.13. BUILDING TRASH/RECYCLING BINS AND ENCLOSURES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.13.1.Trash/recycling bin placement. Select the appropriate requirement per options below. a. Lots < 7,500 SF: trash/recycling bins are designated, open-to-the-sky enclosures permitted, but no trash/ recycling bin or enclosure placed in required setbacks or visible from the public street. b. Lots 22,500 SF > 7,500 SF: trash/ recycling bins placed within fully enclosed structures that may be open to the sky, are not visible from a public street, may project into a required side or rear yard setback but not placed within 5’ of a property line or within a setback adjacent to a public street or single-family lot. c. Lots > 22,500 SF: trash/recycling bins are designated, fully enclosed, may be open to the sky, but not placed within required setbacks or visible from a public street. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 235 of 259 98 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS 4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.14.1.Architectural continuity. Development projects with multiple buildings maintain architectural consistency through at least three of the following. a. Consistent use of roof forms and if sloped, roof materials and coloring at all buildings and accessory buildings. b. Consistent use of building overhangs, recesses, and architectural projections including porches, arcades, ramadas, galleries and building screening that create shade at south, east, and west facing facades. c. Consistent use of facade materials at all buildings and accessory buildings. d. Consistent use of color at all buildings and accessory buildings. e. Consistent use of proportions and details at min. 60% of building openings. f. Consistent use of sun shading architectural components at all buildings visible from a public street. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 236 of 259 99CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS (CONT.)4.14. BUILDING DESIGN COMPONENTS (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 4.14.2.Inclusion of Palm Desert architectural and landscape components. Select at least four of the following. a. Buildings oriented on an east-west axis such that the wall area of both the east and west facades is a max. 60% of the area of the area of south facing walls. b. Site walls, building massing, and landscape windbreaks that protect project open spaces from west to east prevailing summer winds. c. Site walls, building massing, and landscape windbreaks that protect project open spaces from north to south prevailing winds that occur from mid-November through mid-February. d. Covered open-to-the-air arcades, colonnades, galleries, or other permanent coverings or projections that provide shade at all building walls visible from public streets. e. Overhangs or recesses at building entries that are a min. 4’ in clear depth. f. Min. 24” deep roof eaves. g. Use of natural stone or veneer stone at a min. 10% the total building wall area. h. Use of recessed windows at a min. 60% of openings. i. Use of shade trees at varying distances apart, but in no case more than 30’ on center, to shade the length of east-, south-, and west- facing building walls visible from a public street. j. Public street frontages that are a min. 20% greater than the otherwise required frontage, front yard, and street-facing side yard requirements. Applicant comments and/or further explanations of compliance (optional).City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 237 of 259 100 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MIXED-USE PARKING DESIGN New mixed-use projects shall meet all of the below Parking standards per Chapter 5 of the City of Palm Desert Multifamily and Mixed Use Objective Design Standards policy. CITY USE ONLY 5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN 5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.1.1.Surface parking placement. No surface parking within a required public street frontage setback or between primary building frontages and the public street. 5.1.2.Surface parking visibility. Select one of the following. a. All surface parking lots are behind buildings. When more than 1 building is placed on a lot and the buildings screen the surface parking, a max. 30’ wide separation between buildings screening the surface parking. b. All surface parking lots behind a fence or wall. c. All surface lots behind a min. 10’ depth landscape buffer using bushes, hedges, and trees. 5.1.3.Surface parking along side or rear property lines. Min. 5’ width perimeter landscape strip along surface parking areas adjacent to side or rear property lines. 5.1.4.Landscape island dimensions. Min. 5’ in length or width exclusive of curbs and landings. 5.1.5.End parking stalls, width. Increased in City- required width by min. 18”. 5.1.6.Landscape islands, end parking stalls. All end parking stalls are adjacent to a landscaped island. 5.1.7.Landscape islands, surface parking with more than 30 spaces. Min. 10% of lot is landscape islands by one of the following. a. Use of finger islands at endcaps and a landscape island every 10 parking spaces. b. Min. 5’ continuous landscape planter located within the center of parking rows, running between endcap fingers and islands. 5.1.8.Canopy trees at on-site surface parking. Min. 1 canopy tree for every 3 uncovered parking spaces and 1 canopy tree for every 8 covered parking spaces. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN CONTINUES ON THE NEXT PAGE Exhibit B Page 238 of 259 101CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN (CONT.)5.1. SURFACE PARKING DESIGN (CONT.) ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.1.9.Canopy tree distribution at on-site surface parking. Uniformly distributed across surface are of lot so that no parking space is more than 30’ from the center of a canopy tree. 5.1.10.Parking space building separation. Min. 5’ pedestrian sidewalk and min. 5’ wide landscape strip measured from the curb face separating parking spaces from buildings 5.1.11.Pathways, surface lots with more than 50 spaces. Min. 1 publicly-accessible pathway or sidewalk that provides access across the lot to a public sidewalk for each 200’ of surface parking area fronting a public street. 5.1.12.Pathway enhancements, surface lots with more than 50 spaces. Enhanced or textured paving or striping included where pedestrian crossing occurs. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 5.2. MECHANICAL PARKING 5.2. MECHANICAL PARKING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.2.1.Mechanical parking placement. Open-to-the- air mechanical parking placed more than 20’ from a public street frontage. 5.2.2.Mechanical parking screening. Open-to-the-air mechanical parking spaces placed between 20’-150’ from a street frontage are minimally screened from view of the public street by walls that are a min. 15% open/transparent and max. 40% open/transparent. 5.2.3.Structures with mechanical parking. Fully enclosed buildings with mechanical parking meet the Building Architecture ODS in Chapter 4 of the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards policy. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 239 of 259 102 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 5.3. PARKING SHELTERS 5.3. PARKING SHELTERS ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.3.1.Parking shelter placement. No parking shelters within required setbacks. 5.3.2.Parking shelter materials and colors. When visible from a public right-of-way, parking shelters are the same colors and roof materials as the main buildings of a site. 5.3.3.Parking shelter length. Max. 65’ in length. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY 5.4. PARKING GARAGES 5.4. PARKING GARAGES ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.4.1.Architectural continuity, parking garages. Parking garages are architecturally treated and meet the Building Architecture ODS in Chapter 4 of the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards policy. 5.4.2.Vehicular entry gates. Min. 20’ between gate and back of the sidewalk. 5.4.3.Ground-floor openings at parking garages and utility and mechanical areas. Screen parking garages and utility/mechanical room openings from public street frontages with one of the following. a. Vertical landscape and/or climbing vines on metal screens, and/or wires that cover a min. 60% of the openings. b. Decorative, non-reflective metal grills, glass, or panels with a min. 50% opacity that covers a min. 60% of the openings. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). Exhibit B Page 240 of 259 103CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED -USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 CITY USE ONLY 5.5. BICYCLE PARKING 5.5. BICYCLE PARKING ODS DESCRIPTION NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NOT APPLICABLE COMPLIANT NON- COMPLIANT 5.5.1.Short-term bicycle parking. Required bicycle racks located within 50’ of at least 1 public building entrance. 5.5.2.Long-term bicycle parking. Required bicycle racks are covered and secured, located within 150’ of at least one building entrance. If “Not Applicable” was selected in the above section, provide an explanation for why the ODS does not apply to the proposed project (required). This comment box may also be used for further explanations of compliance (optional). City comments (optional). CITY USE ONLY FINAL APPLICANT COMMENTS (OPTIONAL)FINAL CITY COMMENTS (OPTIONAL) Exhibit B Page 241 of 259 104 Chapter 6: Compliance Checklists City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 This page is intentionally blank. Exhibit B Page 242 of 259 105CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 7 GLOSSARY 105CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 243 of 259 106 Chapter 7: Glossary City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 A Accessory Building or Structure. Any subordinate building or structure located on the building site, detached from or attached to the principle structure, the use and architectural style of which is customarily related to that of a main building. Amenities, Active. Active amenities shall be outdoors and include the following; • Barbecue • Clubhouse and/or recreation room that opens onto an outdoor amenity area • Community garden • Court game facility exclusive of pickleball • Exercise area and/or par course • Hot tub • Jogging and/or par course • Pet area and/or run and/or wash • Play area, children’s • Pools • Spas Amenities, Passive. Passive amenities shall be outdoors and include the following; • Gazebo • Picnic shelter • Seating area a minimum of 12 feet wide in one dimension and 144 square feet in area. • Seating walls • Secured package lockers Alley. A roadway that provides access to the rear or sides of a parcel. Arcade. A pedestrian walkway defined by columns, pilasters, or short-length open-to-the-outside walls supporting a roof that provides shelter along its length. B Boulder(s). Using ISO 14688-1:2017, boulders are defined as stones and rocks that are approximately eight inches and larger in size. Building. A structure having a roof supported by columns or walls. Building Area. The square footage of the total footprint of the building, including all floors of the building. C Canopy Tree. An evergreen or semi-deciduous tree planted for the purposes of providing shade, reducing glare, and heat build up. These trees shall have a minimum 30-foot diameter canopy potential. Cobble(s). Using ISO 14688-1:2017, cobble is defined as pebbles, stones, and rocks that are approximately two and one-half to eight inches in size. D Dark-Sky Compliant. Outdoor lighting that is designed to prevent light pollution by directing light towards the ground. Decomposed Granite. Rock of granitic origin that has weathered and fractured into smaller pieces of weak rock. This rock crumbles into a mixture of igneous silt, sand, and gravel with some clay. The clay acts as a binder allowing the combination to support use. Exhibit B Page 244 of 259 107CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 E Earth Tone Color. An earth tone color is a warm and muted or dull shade of brown, green, gray, or beige. Elevation, Building. The flat side or external face of a building. F Facing a Public Street. A building wall, element, or component shall be considered to be facing a public street or right-of-way when a plane tangent to the wall, element, or component is no greater than 30 degrees in inclination from a line drawn tangent to the public street or right-of-way. Fence. A freestanding structure of brick, stone, face stone, veneer stone, or any combination thereof resting on or partially buried in the ground level, and used for confinement, privacy, protection, screening, or partition purposes. Frontage, Building. The building elevation that fronts on a public street, alley, driveway, parking area, pedestrian plaza, courtyard, or arcade. Frontage, Public Street. The property line that adjoins a public street, alley, driveway, parking area, pedestrian plaza, courtyard, or arcade. G Grade, Average. The average elevation of the finished ground surface surrounding a building. Gravel. Using ISO 14688-1:2017, gravel is defined as fine, medium, and coarse rock material. Fine gravel is typically one tenth of an inch to a quarter inch in size. Medium gravel is typically a quarter inch to three quarters of an inch in size. Coarse gravel is typically three quarters of an inch to two and one half inches in size. M Mass/Massing. The comprehensive bulk or three- dimensional form of a building or portion of a building as viewed from the exterior. Mixed-Use Building. A permanent building that allows for a mix of uses, typically commercial and residential. Modulation, Facade Plane. Adjustment and breaking of a facade plane(s) to realize variations in massing, scale, materials, color, and/or proportion, to introduce a sense of variety and major and minor building plane rhythms. Multifamily Building. A permanent building containing three or more dwelling units. N Natural Metal Material. Natural metals include unpainted aluminum, copper, stainless steel, titanium, and zinc and natural metal finishes utilizing the same materials. Neutral Color. A Palm Desert neutral color is a white, gray, or brown. Neutral colors include off- white, light to dark gray, and light to dark brown colors. O Objective Design Standards. A toolbox of a broad range of design approaches that assists project proponents and their design teams in reaching compliance with the desired character of the City of Palm Desert. Openings. Windows and doors set within building planes. Open to the sky. An uncovered outdoor area exclusive of any encroachments below 12 feet in height. Exhibit B Page 245 of 259 108 Chapter 7: Glossary City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 P Parkway. A landscape strip adjoining a sidewalk or pathway. Project. A multifamily or mixed-use building(s) planned and designed for a particular site, requiring City approval for construction. Project Entries. A door that allows access into a project. Public Art. A sculpture, mosaic, fountain, fine art craft, mixed-media, murals, drawings, paintings, monuments, or installations that are displayed in a public place. R Right-Of-Way. The right of a pedestrian, bicyclist, vehicle, or vessel to proceed over others in a single place. Roof, Flat. The angle of the roof is sloped less than 15 degrees. S Setback. The distance between the building line and the property line or a distance between one building plane and a second building plane. Street Frontage, Public-Facing. The linear distance of a site boundary that is generally parallel to a public street. Slope, Roof. The incline of a roof, expressed as a ratio of the roof’s vertical rise to the horizontal run. Other than conical roofs, curved roofs, barrel roofs, or dome roofs, roof slope shall be no less than 2:12 and no greater than 4:12. Specimen Tree. A tree chosen as the focal point in a landscape design, typically due to its distinct shape, texture, color, or other feature that distinguishes it from other trees and shrubs in the landscape design. Street, Public. A vehicular right-of-way in which the public has a right of use. W Wall. A continuous, upright, and planar structure that encloses, protects, and/or divides a site. Wall, Building. The vertical face of a building or the vertical outer envelope of the structure. Wall Area. The total vertical area, in square feet, of a wall. Water Feature. A decorative landscape design element with water as the central component, such as a fountain, waterfall, stream, or pond. Exhibit B Page 246 of 259 109CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Project Outreach Image Sources A APPENDIX City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 247 of 259 110 APPENDIX City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 A-1 Project Outreach The Consultant Team worked with the City of Palm Desert Staff to conduct a robust, 3-month community engagement process to support the development of multifamily and mixed-use objective design standards (Project). Three phases of outreach took place throughout the Project timeline. • Phase 1: Project Introduction and Issue Identification (June 2023) • Phase 2: Objective Design Standard Topics (July 2023) • Phase 3: Public Review Draft Discussions (August and September 2023*) *Phase 3 of the Project outreach was extended into the month of September due to Hurricane Hilary in August 2023. OUTREACH PHASE 1 EVENTS Community Open House (COH) On June 19, 2023 from 11:00AM to 7:00PM, the Consultant facilitated a Community Open House (COH) hosted by the City of Palm Desert to listen to ideas from Palm Desert residents and stakeholders regarding multifamily and mixed-use development. The COH was a temporary exhibition consisting of printed boards displayed at the Palm Desert iHub. The boards showcased examples of multifamily housing, mixed-use development, existing multifamily in Palm Desert, recently-approved projects in Palm Desert, and classic “desert architecture”. Stickers were given to attendees to place on the boards indicating their like or dislike of the illustrated design concepts and typologies. Throughout the entire COH, City Staff and/or the Consultant team were available to walk attendees through the exhibition and listen to their reactions to multifamily and mixed-use typologies. At 1:00PM and 5:00PM, formal presentations were conducted to introduce the Project and present Open House materials. Nick Melloni introduced the Project and John Kaliski presented a set of slides that elaborated on multifamily and mixed-use developments in Palm Desert. The presentation concluded with a list of Consultant findings and considerations, which transitioned into a public forum for discussion, answering questions, and gathering feedback. The 1:00PM presentation garnered approximately 11 attendees and the 5:00PM presentation had 4 attendees. Ideas heard in the public forums included, but were not limited to, the following: Date: Location: Time: June 19, 2023 Palm Desert iHub (37023 Cook St. Suite 102, Palm Desert, CA 92211) 11:00AM-7:00PM PST (formal Project presentations at 1:00PM and 5:00PM) Exhibit B Page 248 of 259 111CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 • Older Palm Desert buildings on boards feel dated and should be “diluted” with newer buildings. • More mixed-use is needed in Palm Desert. • Consider a “tree hierarchy” to get more landscape, driven by the existing plant palette. • Conserve views to mountains and natural surrounds. • Avoid building “building canyons”. • “Superblock” scale is too big. • Ensure existing entitlements and design and development opportunities. • Prioritize environmental elements in design standards: solar, wind, shade, etc. • There should be an architectural coherence of various buildings within a development. • How can ODS prevent “design laziness” and be a “defense against by-right abuse”? • Water usage and drainage, such as internal vs. external downspouts and water features. • Resist desert architecture that is clearly of other deserts (specifically mentioned: Santa Fe). • More options for project edge design to create human scale and avoid “tunnels”. • Concentrate on design vs. planning factors. Individual Developer Meetings During the COH, Staff and the Consultant team met with four developers in individual, 30-minute Zoom meetings to hear about their experiences. Date: Location: June 19, 2023 Virtual (via Zoom) Time Contact Development 11:00 AM Kassie Inness Millennium Apartments 11:30 AM Mark Bigley Urban Crossings 2:00 PM Darren Berberian Vitalia Apartments 3:00 PM Mitch Slagerman Palm Villas Each developer had recently gone through the design approval process. To guide the conversation, the following questions were prepared in advance of the meeting and asked at all the meetings: Exhibit B Page 249 of 259 112 APPENDIX City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 • Tell us about your relationship to Palm Desert development and design. • What has worked well for you as you have gone through the development and design approval process? • What has not worked well for you? • What type of design standards do you think should be implemented? • Are there design standards that we should avoid in order to facilitate housing design and development? Feedback heard from developers included, but was not limited to, the following: • City Staff was generally (not exclusively) praised. • Mechanical screening standards in Palm Desert are not clear. • Provide “solution-based” design standards. • Concern (not exclusively) regarding the subjectivity of the design review process. • Make distinction between affordable versus market-rate housing projects. • Look for opportunities to speed up the approval process timeline, especially for affordable housing projects. • Seek design and development “balance”. Planning Commission (PC) Study Session The day after the COH, Staff and the Consultant team participated in a study session with the PC. The Consultant team presented a condensed version of the slide deck presentation from the COH, and included a few slides that summarized what was heard and discussed at the COH. Following the presentation, the Commissioners provided additional feedback regarding multifamily and mixed-use development in Palm Desert. Topics of discussion included, but were not limited to, the following: • The choice of architect who designs multifamily and mixed- use in Palm Desert is crucial to get better architecture in the City, particularly architects that understand the environment. • Landscape is important, but maintenance is not emphasized enough - many projects in Palm Desert have aging landscaping. • General approval of 3-story developments. • University Park - an example of a neglected project during a time where more effort was put towards increased single- family housing. Date: Location: Time: June 20, 2023 Palm Desert City Hall 6:00PM-7:00PM PST Exhibit B Page 250 of 259 113CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 • Comparison to other cities - Santa Fe, Palm Springs, Scottsdale, leading to the importance of inventing standards that build the landscape into the logic of the zoning code. • Use elements from the General Plan and convert “shoulds” to “shalls”. • Design standards can be written as both “you shall” as well as “you shall not”. • Continue to invite all members to public meetings about the project to avoid residents claiming to “not be knowledgeable” about the project (what happened during the General Plan update). Planning Commission Small-Group Commissioner Meeting The Consultant Team and City Staff had a breakout session with Planning Commissioners Gregory and Greenwood a week after the June 20th Planning Commission meeting to further gain insight on existing Palm Desert character and ideas regarding multifamily and mixed-use goals for the objective design standards. Topics discussed included the following: • How do we find a balance to employ objective design standards to receive a more architecturally diverse and rich project without a developer doing the bare minimum? • Will the ODS allow architects the flexibility and tools to create good projects? • Importance of transitional heights, “strategic variation” of housing types, sufficient amounts of open space and good open space requirements. • Examples of good architectural design in Palm Desert. • Palm Desert-specific landscaping. OUTREACH PHASE 2 EVENTS Architectural Review Commission (ARC) Study Session The Consultant and City Staff met with the Architectural Review Commission (ARC) for a study session regarding potential focus areas for the objective design standards. The Consultant made a presentation that summarized their research of objective design standards in other surrounding cities (Tucson, Sedona, Coachella, and Indian Wells) and introduced four topic areas in which standards would be categorized - Site ODS, Building ODS, Open Space ODS, and Parking ODS. The Consultant also shared with the ARC a narrative of the Project goals and objectives to set the tone of the Project and guide the discussion. Feedback from ARC included, but was not limited to, the following: Date: Location: Time: June 28, 2023 Virtual (via Zoom) 2:00PM-3:00PM PST Date: Location: Time: July 11, 2023 Palm Desert City Hall 12:30PM-3:30PM PST Exhibit B Page 251 of 259 114 APPENDIX City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 • Ensuring quality-appropriate architecture that emphasized the desert. • Recessing of apertures to create shadow lines and protection from the harsh environment. • Standardizing building facade color to reflect the desert environment. • Defining height to avoid towering multifamily, particularly in relation to single-family homes. • Internal consistency of multiple buildings that make up a development project. • Orientation of buildings to conserve views. • Night standards, such as shielded fixtures and lighting. • Important that the ODS do not stifle creativity. Landscape Input with ARC As a follow-up to the ARC meeting on July 11, the Consultant team and City Staff spoke to the ARC Commissioners Colvard, McAuliffe, and Sanchez about additional landscaping goals for the ODS. Their feedback included, but was not limited to, the following: • Align species of trees, scale of trees, and growth of trees that will support walkability and general enjoyment of the outdoors. • Choose tree species that will thrive in the desert. • Landscaping should be thought of as a natural extension of building ideas, such as shade and versatility. • Not every inch of sidewalk and pathway need to have tree cover. • Avoid species that do not establish well in wind conditions. • Consider standards that ensure dangerous plants (sporings, cactus, Madagascar palms) should not be close to sidewalks and open spaces, especially in developments where kids may be outdoors playing. • Consider requiring high-branching trees deeper into fencing areas along pathways to avoid constant trimming and hazards for pedestrians. Date: Location: Time: July 27, 2023 Virtual (via Zoom) 10:00AM-11:00AM PST Exhibit B Page 252 of 259 115CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 OUTREACH PHASE 3 EVENTS City Council Study Session The Consultant team and City Staff participated in a study session with the Palm Desert City Council (CC). CC was provided the draft of the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards to review in advance of the meeting. The Consultant presented an overview of the Project, including several examples of ODS from each section of the document. During and after the presentation, CC provided comments that addressed the following concerns: • The avoidance of an urban canyon as people are drawn to Palm Desert because of its sense of openness • Mayor Kelly emphasized an approach to ODS that takes into consideration the status quo heights of downtown which may be modified. Avoidance of “memorializing,” a status quo that is about to change. • Careful consideration of what canopy trees will be planted. Specifically, Mayor Pro Tem Quintanilla mentioned omitting eucalyptus trees from consideration. • Due to the recent damage from Hurricane Hilary, emphasis should be placed on trees with more weather resistance. • Councilmember Harnik questioned why height was described in stories rather than in feet. • Councilmember Nestande referenced the recent hurricane again in regards to the choice of ground cover. Is there a type that is better than another? The selection of ground cover should be able to withstand heavy rain or wind. • The question of what mechanical parking is was raised by Mayor Pro Tem Quintanilla and was answered. • The fit between state standards and the Palm Desert ODS. Will the Palm Desert ODS comply with state standards? • It was noted that Mayor Kelly would like to see more visuals in the next presentation. • Specification of fences and wall heights and whether security fences are included in this specific standard. • The utilization of plastic fences that resemble wood to be used since wooden fences are not permitted(?) since they are not reliable. • Clarification of parking as an “amenity,” rather than a “necessity.” • Due to the weather in the Coachella Valley, parking should be paid special attention to as Palm Desert is a car reliant town. Date: Location: Time: August 24, 2023 Palm Desert City Hall 2:30PM-3:30PM PST Exhibit B Page 253 of 259 116 APPENDIX City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 ARC/PC Joint Study Session The Consultant and City Staff presented highlights from the public review draft of the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards document to hear feedback from both the ARC and PC. Similar to the CC presentation on August 24th, the presentation to the commissioners recapped the Project goals and objectives and shared examples of ODS in each section of the document, as well as summarized the feedback received from City Councilmembers. Input from the ARC and PC included, but was not limited to, the following: • Increasing the length of roof eaves from a minimum of 18 inches to 24 inches. • Is 30 feet on center enough separation for Desert Museum trees? • Concern of trees that have fallen during Hurricane Hilary. • Confirm applicability requirements for ODS in SB 330. • How are the ODS addressing circulation and landscaping between buildings? • Ensure that higher-density projects do not lose separation between buildings. • Consider a certain percentage of the building that doesn’t require a canopy frontage in order to prioritize views of the architecture - balance architecture with pedestrian experience. • Consider a maximum percentage of hardscape versus a minimum percentage of shrubs. • Is 50 percent of live plant material too high? • Are there screening requirements for balconies? • Should water features be a passive amenity choice? • Consider open space near street frontages to take away from the bulk and scale of buildings. Community Workshop Following the Joint ARC/PC Study Session, the Consultant and City Staff held a workshop open to community members to gain their insight and perspective regarding the Multifamily and Mixed-Use Objective Design Standards document. The meeting was held at the Palm Desert City Hall but simultaneously streamed virtually to allow for in-person and virtual attendance. The Consultant team gave a presentation with slides similar to the decision-maker study sessions, yet spent more time explaining the intent behind the ODS and how the document should be read and utilized. The presentation was recorded and posted on the Project website. Date: Location: Time: September 7, 2023 Palm Desert City Hall 6:30PM-8:00PM PST Date: Location: Time: September 7, 2023 Palm Desert City Hall 12:30PM-3:30PM PST Exhibit B Page 254 of 259 117CITY OF PALM DESERT MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 A-2 Image Sources COVER x Fred Waring Drive. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 1 x The Enclave Rental Condominiums. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 3 x Golf course. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 5 x El Camino Triplex. San Mateo, CA. Photo via Todd Davis Architecture. x Mar Vista Four. Los Angeles, CA. Photo via KFA Architecture. x The E.R.B. Townhomes. Los Angeles, CA. Photo via KTGY. x Luminaira & Espaira At Parasol Park. Irvine, CA. Photo via KTGY. x Citron Apartments. Ventura, CA. Photo via KYGY. 6 x Santiago Lofts. Santa Ana, CA. Photo by JKA. x iHub. Palm Desert, CA. Google Earth aerial photography. x Westgate Apartments. Pasadena, CA. Photo by JKA. x The Earnest. San Diego, CA. Photo via FoundationForForm. 9 x Sombra De La Montana Townhomes. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 10 x Roundhouse Place. San Luis Obispo, CA. Photo via roundhouseplace.com 13 x Mason on Mariposa. San Francisco, CA. Photo via David Baker Architects. 14 x 855 Brannan Apartments. San Francisco, CA. Photo via David Baker Architects. 15 x The Asher. Fremont, CA. Photo via TCA Architects. 17 x Catalina Garden Apartments. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 18 x Desert Museum Palo Verde. Photo via https://waterwisegardenplanner.org/plants/parkinsonia-x-desert-museum/. x Sweet Acadia. Photo via https://www.pinterest.com/pin/341640321708500748/. x Spanish Walk. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 19 x Texas Ebony. Photo via Gothic Landscape. x Thornless Cascalote. Photo via Tuscan Clean and Beautiful, Inc. x Smoke Tree. Photo by Millicent Harvey. x Honey Mesquite. Photo via Arid Zone Trees. 20 x Wild Marigold. Photo by Waterwise Garden Planner for Southern California. 21 x Flattop Buckwheat. Photo via Mountain States Wholesale Nursery. x El Rincon. Indio, CA. Photo by JKA. x Desert River Estates. Indio, CA. Photo by JKA. 23 x Anton Landera Apartments. Mountain View, CA. Photo via https://www.antonladera.com/. x Apex on Central Apartments. Phoenix, AZ. Photo via Turnstone Capital. 24 x Portico Apartments. Sunrise, FL. Photo via https://www.porticoaptssunrisefl.com/. x The Rolland Curtis Gardens. Los Angeles, CA. Photo via Abode Communities. x Catherine Santa Monica. Santa Monica, CA. Photo via KFA Architecture. x Six Oaks Apartments. Bothell, WA. Photo via Dahlin Group. 25 x Multifamily on San Gorgonio Way. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 27 x LINC Fairview Heights. Inglewood, CA. Photo via KFA Architecture. 29 x Hancock Lofts. West Hollywood, CA. Photo via Koning Eizenberg Architecture. x Abbot Kinney Lofts. Los Angeles, CA. Photo via Koning Eizenberg Architecture. 30 x Avalon Apartments. Glendora, CA. Photo by JKA. 31 x Kapolei Lofts. Oahu, HI. Photo via KTGY. 33 x Elevation on Central. Phoenix, AZ. Photo via Todd+Associates. x Wardelle Townhouses. Las Vegas, NV. Photo by Michael Tessler Photography. 34 x The Residences at Escaya. Chula Vista, CA. Photo via AO. x Five88. San Francisco, CA. Photo via David Baker Architects. x Valencia Vista. San Bernardino, CA. Photo via Humphreys & Partners Architects. 35 x 1447 Lincoln. Santa Monica, CA. Photo via KFA Architecture. x 512 Rose. Venice, CA. Photo via KFA Architecture. x 300 Ivy. San Francisco, CA. David Baker Architects. 36 x Residences at Sweetbay. Panama City, FL. Photo via Humphreys & Partners Architects. x Desert Willow Golf Resort mechanical screening. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 37 x Kalon. Phoenix, AZ. Photo via Todd+Associates. x The Mews Lofts. Venice, CA. Photo via EYRC. x Perch. Dublin, CA. Photo via KYGY. 38 x Trash enclosure. Photo via City of Escondido. x Camden North End II. Phoenix, AZ. Photo via Todd+Associates. x Elan Menlo Park Apartments. Menlo Park, CA. Photo via KYGY. 39 x Camden Sotelo. Tempe, AZ. Photo via Todd+Associates. x Tanager Apartments. Summerlin, NV. Photo via Humphreys & Partners Architects. x Compass Rose. Fullerton, CA. Photo by Humphreys & Partners Architects. 41 x 40215 Harris Lane. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 43 x Charles Paddock Zoo Green Parking Lot. Atascadero, CA. Photo via Central Coast LIDI. x St. Mary’s Hospital Parking Lot. Photo via Savor the Southwest Blog. x Living Desert Zoo and Gardens Parking Lot. Palm Desert, CA. Photo via Married to Plants Blog. x Stacker Parking System. Photo via MHE. 44 x Desert Willow Golf Resort parking shelter. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. x Prado West. Dana Point, CA. Photo via AO. x A2 Apartments. Baltimore, MD. Photo via David Baker Architects. 45 x Skye at McClintock Station. Tempe, AZ. Photo va https://www.skyeatmcclintockstation.com/. x Higby Apartments. Berkeley, CA. Photo via https://livehigby.com/gallery/. 47 x 73430 San Gorgonio Way. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 103 x Laguna Palms Apartments. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. 107 x 73-535 Santa Rosa. Palm Desert, CA. Photo by JKA. Exhibit B Page 255 of 259 City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED-USE OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS City of Palm Desert CA, Draft December 2023 Exhibit B Page 256 of 259 CITY OF PALM DESERT 73-510 FRED WARING DRIVE PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA 92260-2578 TEL: 760-346-0611 PLANNING@PALMDESERT.GOV CITY OF PALM DESERT PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT A PUBLIC HEARING WILL BE HELD BEFORE THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, TO CONSIDER A RECCOMENDATION TO THE PALM DESERT CITY COUNCIL TO ADOPT CITWIDE RESIDENTIAL OBJECTIVE DESIGN STANDARDS, A ZONING ORDINANCE AMENDMENT TO REFER TO THE STANDARDS, AND ADOPTION OF A NOTICE OF EXEMPTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT. CASE NO. ZOA24-0001 The City of Palm Desert (City), in its capacity as the Lead Agency for this project and pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), has determined the project to be exempt from further environmental review pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section §15061(b)(3). PROJECT LOCATION: Citywide PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The Planning Commission will consider adopting a resolution making a recommendation to the City Council to adopt Citywide Residential Objective Design Standards. The standards will apply objective design requirements for qualifying housing developments including housing consisting of four or greater units, mixed use project comprised of 2/3rds or greater floor area for residential, and transitional and supportive housing. The zoning ordinance will include text providing reference to the standards. PUBLIC HEARING: NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Planning Commission of the City of Palm Desert, California, will hold a Public Hearing on Tuesday, February 6, 2024. The Planning Commission meeting begins at 6:00 p.m. in the Council Chamber at 73510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, California. Pursuant to Assembly Bill 2449, this meeting may be conducted as a hybrid meeting, allowing public access via teleconference or in person. Options for remote participation will be listed on the Posted Agenda for the meeting at: https://www.palmdesert.gov/our-city/committees-and-commissions/commission-information. PUBLIC REVIEW: Information concerning the proposed revocation is available for public review in the Development Services – Planning Division office at 73510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, California, during regular business hours. Written comments may be submitted to the Planning Commission by letter to the address below or by email at planning@palmdesert.gov. Emails received by 3:00 p.m. prior to the meeting will be distributed to the Commission. Any correspondence received during or after the meeting will be distributed to the Commission as soon as practicable and retained for the official record. Any challenge of the proposed project in court may be limited to raising only those issues raised at the public hearing described in this notice, or in written correspondence delivered to the Planning Division at, or prior, to the public hearing. (Government Code Section 65009[b][2]). Nick Melloni, AICP, Principal Planner City of Palm Desert 73510 Fred Waring Drive Palm Desert, CA 92260 (760) 346-0611, Extension 479 nmellloni@palmdesert.gov PUBLISH: THE DESERT SUN RICHARD D. CANNONE, AICP, SECRETARY January 26, 2024 PALM DESERT PLANNING COMMISSION Page 257 of 259 Page 258 of 259 PLANNING COMMISSION ATTENDANCE REPORT ROLLING CALENDAR Prepared By: Year Month Date 21-Feb 7-Mar 21-Mar 4-Apr 18-Apr 2-May 16-May 6-Jun 20-Jun 4-Jul 18-Jul 1-Aug 15-Aug 5-Sep 7-Sep 19-Sep 3-Oct 17-Oct 7-Nov 21-Nov 5-Dec 20-Dec 2-Jan 16-Jan DeLuna, Nancy A P --P -P P P -P P P P A P P P --P - - - 1 1 Greenwood, John P P --P -P P E -P P P P P P P P --P - - - 1 0 Gregory, Ron P A --P -P E P -P P P P P P P E --P - - - 3 1 Holt, Lindsay P P --A -P P P -E E P P R P P R --E - - - 4 1 Pradetto, Joseph P P --P -P P P -P P P P A E E P --P - - - 2 0 SS Palm Desert Municipal Code 2.34.010: P Present A Absent E Excused R Remote SS Study Session -No meeting Twice Monthly: Six unexcused absences from regular meetings in any twelve-month period shall constitute an automatic resignation of members holding office on boards that meet twice monthly. Total Unexcused Absences Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 Total Absences Oct Nov Dec M. O'Reilly 2023 2023 2024 Jan 2023 2023 2023 2023 Page 259 of 259